Home / Interlinears (Beta) / Josephus' Against Apion / Book One / Chapter 26
Book One, Chapter 26
Interlinear version from Josephus' Against Apion (Beta)
26:205
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:206
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:207
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:208
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:209
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:210
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:211
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:212
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:213
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:214
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:215
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:216
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:217
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:218
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:219
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:220
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:221
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:222
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:223
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:224
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:225
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
26:226
The manuscript does not contain this verse.
G3756
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb, Particle
Sounds like: OO
Translations: not, no
Notes: ΟΥ̓ is a negative particle used to express a factual negation. It typically negates verbs in the indicative mood, stating that something is not true or does not happen. It can also negate other parts of speech. When combined with ΜΉ (ou mē), it forms a very strong negation, meaning "by no means" or "never."
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΜΉ, ΟΥ̓Κ, ΟΥ̓ΧΊ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European. It is a fundamental negative particle in Greek.
G3376, G3378
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun, Adverb
Sounds like: MAYN
Translations: month, a month, surely, indeed, truly, certainly
Notes: This word has two primary meanings in Koine Greek. As a noun (G3378), it refers to a 'month', a period of time. As an adverb (G3376), it functions as an emphatic particle, meaning 'surely', 'indeed', 'truly', or 'certainly', often used to confirm or emphasize a statement. It can also be used in questions to expect a positive answer.
Inflection: Noun: Singular, Nominative, Accusative, Genitive, Dative; Adverb: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΕΤΟΣ, ΑΛΗΘΩΣ, ΟΝΤΩΣ
Etymology: The noun 'ΜΗΝ' (month) comes from Proto-Indo-European, referring to the moon and its cycle. The adverb 'ΜΗΝ' (surely) is also of uncertain but ancient origin, possibly related to particles of affirmation.
G3761
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb, Conjunction
Sounds like: OOD
Translations: not, no, nor, neither, not even
Notes: This word is a negative particle used to express absolute negation. It is often used in combination with other negative words to strengthen the negation, such as in the phrase "οὐ μή" (ou mē), which conveys a strong, emphatic negation, often translated as "never" or "by no means." It can also function as a conjunction meaning "nor" or "neither," connecting two negative clauses or ideas.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΟΥ̓, ΜΗ
Etymology: From the negative particle οὐ (ou) and the particle δέ (de), meaning 'but' or 'and'. It emphasizes the negation.
G1909
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition, Adverb
Sounds like: eh-PEE
Translations: on, upon, over, to, against, at, in, for, concerning, during, by, beside, near, among, with respect to
Notes: This is a very common and versatile preposition in Koine Greek. Its meaning changes significantly depending on the case of the noun it governs. With the genitive case, it often means 'upon, over, on, at, in the time of, during, concerning, in the presence of'. With the dative case, it can mean 'upon, on, at, by, near, beside, in, for, in addition to, on the basis of, because of, in the time of, during, in the presence of, against'. With the accusative case, it typically means 'upon, on, to, against, over, for, with a view to, at, by, during, in the time of'. It can also function as an adverb meaning 'upon, besides, in addition'.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Etymology: The word ἘΠΙ comes from Proto-Indo-European. It is related to similar prepositions in other Indo-European languages, conveying ideas of 'on, upon, over'.
G3588
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Definite Article
Sounds like: TAH-ees
Translations: to the, for the, the
Notes: This word is the dative plural feminine form of the definite article 'the'. It is used to indicate that the noun it modifies is feminine, plural, and in the dative case, often signifying indirect objects, recipients, or the means by which something is done. It can be translated as 'to the' or 'for the', or simply 'the' depending on the context.
Inflection: Dative, Plural, Feminine
G3588
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Definite Article
Sounds like: TONE
Translations: of the
Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of the definite article 'the'. It functions to indicate possession, origin, or relationship for plural nouns, similar to 'of the' in English. It can precede nouns of any gender.
Inflection: Genitive, Plural, All Genders (Masculine, Feminine, Neuter)
G3816
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: pai-DON
Translations: of children, of boys, of servants, of slaves, of young men, of sons
Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of the noun 'παις' (pais). It refers to a child, boy, servant, or slave, and can also be used more broadly for young men or sons. In its genitive plural form, it indicates possession or origin, often translated as 'of children' or 'of servants', depending on the context.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine or Feminine
Synonyms: ΤΕΚΝΩΝ, ΔΟΥΛΩΝ, ΥΙΩΝ
G1078
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: geh-NEH-seh-sin
Translations: generations, births, origins, genealogies, records of descent
Notes: This word refers to the act of coming into being, a birth, or the origin of something. It can also denote a record of descent, such as a genealogy or a family history. In a sentence, it would be used to describe the beginning or lineage of people or things.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΓΕΝΕΣΕΙΣ, ΓΕΝΕΑΙ
G2010
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: eh-peh-TREP-sen
Translations: he permitted, he allowed, he gave permission, he entrusted
Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to permit,' 'to allow,' or 'to give permission.' It can also mean 'to entrust' or 'to commit something to someone.' It is often used to describe an action where authority or consent is given for something to happen. It is a compound word formed from the preposition 'ἘΠΙ' (upon, over) and the verb 'ΤΡΕΠΩ' (to turn).
Inflection: Third Person Singular, Aorist Indicative Active
Synonyms: ἈΦΙΗΜΙ, ΔΙΔΩΜΙ, ἘΑΩ
G2165
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: yoo-oh-KHEE-as
Translations: (of) feasting, (of) good cheer, (of) a feast, (of) a banquet
Notes: This word refers to the act of feasting or enjoying good cheer, often in the context of a banquet or a celebratory meal. It describes a state of merriment and enjoyment, typically associated with eating and drinking.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine
Synonyms: ΔΕΙΠΝΟΝ, ΣΥΜΠΟΣΙΟΝ
Etymology: From Ancient Greek εὐωχία (euōkhía), from εὐωχέω (euōkhéō, “to feast well”), from εὖ (eû, “well”) + ἔχω (ékhō, “to have, hold”).
G4931
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: soon-teh-LEH-in
Translations: to complete, to finish, to accomplish, to bring to an end, to fulfill, to perform, to conclude, to make an end
Notes: This word means to bring something to completion or to finish an action. It is often used in the context of fulfilling a prophecy, accomplishing a task, or bringing an event to its conclusion. It is a compound word formed from 'σύν' (together with) and 'τελέω' (to complete, to finish).
Inflection: Present Active Infinitive
Synonyms: ΤΕΛΕΩ, ΠΛΗΡΟΩ, ΕΠΙΤΕΛΕΩ
Etymology: The word 'συντελέω' is derived from the prefix 'σύν' (meaning 'with' or 'together') and the verb 'τελέω' (meaning 'to complete' or 'to finish'). It implies bringing something to a full and complete end, often in cooperation or conjunction with something else.
G2532
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Conjunction, Adverb
Sounds like: kahee
Translations: and, also, even, but, then
Notes: ΚΑΙ is a very common conjunction in Koine Greek, primarily meaning 'and' to connect words, phrases, or clauses. It can also function as an adverb, emphasizing a word or phrase with meanings like 'also' or 'even'. In some contexts, it can introduce a contrast, similar to 'but', or indicate sequence, meaning 'then'.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Etymology: The word ΚΑΙ is an ancient particle, tracing its origins back to Proto-Indo-European. It has remained remarkably stable in form and function throughout the history of the Greek language.
G4392
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: pro-PHA-sees
Translations: pretexts, excuses, reasons, pretenses
Notes: This word refers to reasons or excuses, often those that are not genuine or are used to conceal the true motive. It can also mean a pretense or a plausible reason given for an action, especially one that is misleading. It is used in a plural form here.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative, Accusative, or Vocative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΑΙΤΙΑ, ΠΡΟΚΑΛΥΜΜΑ, ΠΡΟΒΛΗΜΑ
G4160
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: poy-EE-sthai
Translations: to make, to do, to create, to produce, to perform, to cause, to bring about, to appoint, to observe, to celebrate
Notes: This word is the present middle/passive infinitive form of the verb 'ποιέω' (poieō). It generally means 'to make' or 'to do', but in the middle voice, it often implies 'to make for oneself' or 'to do for oneself', or 'to cause to be done'. It can also be used idiomatically in various contexts, such as 'to perform' an action, 'to celebrate' a festival, or 'to appoint' someone. It is a very common and versatile verb in Koine Greek.
Inflection: Present, Middle or Passive, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΠΡΑΤΤΩ, ΕΡΓΑΖΟΜΑΙ, ΤΙΘΗΜΙ
G3178
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: MEH-thays
Translations: (of) drunkenness, (of) intoxication, (of) a drunken revel
Notes: This word refers to the state of being drunk or intoxicated, often implying excessive indulgence in alcohol. It can also refer to a drunken revel or carousing. It is typically used in contexts describing the negative effects or moral implications of excessive drinking.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine
Synonyms: ΟΙΝΟΦΛΥΓΙΑ, ΚΩΜΟΣ
G0235
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Conjunction
Sounds like: AL-lah
Translations: but, yet, however, nevertheless, on the contrary, rather, moreover, indeed
Notes: This word is a strong adversative conjunction, used to introduce a statement that contrasts with or opposes a preceding statement. It often implies a stronger contrast than 'δέ' (de). It can also be used to introduce an emphatic statement, sometimes translated as 'indeed' or 'moreover'. It is frequently found at the beginning of a clause.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΔΕ, ΠΛΗΝ, ΟΜΩΣ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *h₂el- (other). It is related to other words meaning 'other' or 'different'.
G4998
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: SOH-froh-nah
Translations: sensible, prudent, self-controlled, sound-minded, sober, discreet, a sensible, a prudent
Notes: This word describes someone or something that is sensible, prudent, or self-controlled. It implies a state of mind that is sound and well-balanced, leading to wise and moderate behavior. It can be used to describe individuals, actions, or even abstract concepts like a kingdom, indicating a quality of wisdom and moderation.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine; or Plural, Accusative, Masculine/Feminine/Neuter
Synonyms: ΕΓΚΡΑΤΗΣ, ΝΗΦΑΛΙΟΣ
G3588
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Definite Article
Sounds like: TANE
Translations: the
Notes: ΤΗΝ is the feminine singular accusative form of the definite article 'the'. It is used to specify a noun that is feminine in gender, singular in number, and in the accusative case, indicating it is the direct object of a verb or the object of certain prepositions. For example, it would be used before a feminine singular noun like 'πόλιν' (city) when 'city' is the direct object.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Etymology: The Koine Greek definite article derives from Proto-Indo-European demonstrative pronouns. It evolved from an earlier demonstrative particle, becoming a grammatical marker for definiteness.
G0746
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ar-KHAIN
Translations: beginning, a beginning, rule, a rule, ruler, a ruler, authority, an authority, domain, a domain, first, the first
Notes: This word refers to the starting point of something, such as a beginning in time or a foundational principle. It can also denote a position of power or authority, or the person holding such a position, like a ruler or leader. It is often used to describe the origin or initial state of things.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΚΕΦΑΛΗ, ΠΡΩΤΟΣ, ΕΞΟΥΣΙΑ
G2112
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: YOO-thoos
Translations: immediately, at once, straightway, forthwith
Notes: This word functions as an adverb, indicating that something happens without delay or directly. It is used to express immediacy in time, meaning 'at once' or 'straightway'. It can also refer to a direct path or manner, meaning 'straight' or 'directly'.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΠΑΡΑΧΡΗΜΑ, ΑΥΤΙΚΑ
Etymology: From the Greek word εὐθύς (euthys), meaning 'straight' or 'direct'. It developed into an adverb indicating immediacy.
G3588
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Definite Article
Sounds like: THAYS
Translations: of the
Notes: ΤΗΣ is the genitive, singular, feminine form of the definite article 'the'. It is used to indicate possession, origin, or relationship for feminine singular nouns. For example, 'the house of the woman' would use ΤΗΣ for 'of the woman'. It functions similarly to 'of the' in English.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine
Etymology: The Greek definite article 'Ο' (of which ΤΗΣ is an inflection) derives from a Proto-Indo-European demonstrative pronoun root. It evolved to function as a definite article in ancient Greek, marking nouns as specific or previously mentioned.
G5160
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: tro-FES
Translations: of food, of nourishment, of sustenance
Notes: This word refers to food, nourishment, or sustenance. It is used to describe anything that provides nourishment, whether literal food for the body or spiritual sustenance. It is a feminine noun.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine
Synonyms: ΣΙΤΟΣ, ΒΡΩΜΑ, ΕΔΕΣΜΑ
G5021
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: eh-TAK-seh
Translations: he arranged, he ordered, he appointed, he assigned, he set, he determined
Notes: This word describes the act of arranging, ordering, or appointing something or someone. It implies a deliberate and purposeful placement or determination. It can be used in contexts where someone is given a task, a position, or where things are put into a specific order.
Inflection: Aorist Indicative Active, 3rd Person Singular
Synonyms: ΔΙΑΤΑΣΣΩ, ΠΡΟΣΤΑΤΤΩ, ΟΡΙΖΩ
G1121
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: GRAHM-mah-tah
Translations: letters, writings, documents, sacred writings, literature, learning
Notes: This word refers to written characters, letters of the alphabet, or more broadly, writings, documents, or even literature and learning. In some contexts, it can specifically refer to the sacred writings or scriptures. It is used to describe written communication or knowledge acquired through writing.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΒΙΒΛΙΑ, ΛΟΓΙΑ, ΓΡΑΦΑΙ
G3811
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: pai-DEH-oo-een
Translations: to discipline, to train, to instruct, to educate, to correct, to chastise
Notes: This word is a verb meaning to train, instruct, discipline, or educate. It implies a process of guiding someone towards maturity or correction, often through teaching, but sometimes through punishment or chastisement. It can be used in contexts of raising children, educating students, or even divine correction.
Inflection: Present Active Infinitive
Synonyms: ΔΙΔΑΣΚΩ, ΕΚΠΑΙΔΕΥΩ, ΝΟΥΘΕΤΕΩ
G2753
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: eh-keh-LEW-sen
Translations: commanded, ordered, bade, urged
Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to command' or 'to order'. It is used to express an instruction or directive given by someone in authority. For example, a king might command his servants to do something, or a general might order his troops.
Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Active, 3rd Person Singular
Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣΤΑΤΤΩ, ΕΝΤΕΛΛΟΜΑΙ, ΕΠΙΤΑΤΤΩ
G3588
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Definite Article
Sounds like: TAH
Translations: the
Notes: ΤΑ is the neuter plural form of the definite article in Koine Greek. It functions similarly to 'the' in English, indicating that a noun is definite or previously mentioned. It agrees in gender, number, and case with the noun it modifies, and in this form, it can be used for both nominative (subject) and accusative (direct object) cases.
Inflection: Neuter, Plural, Nominative or Accusative
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European. It is a demonstrative pronoun that evolved into a definite article in Greek.
G4012
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition
Sounds like: PEH-ree
Translations: about, concerning, around, for, on behalf of, with respect to, at, near
Notes: This word is a preposition that can take either the genitive or accusative case, and its meaning changes depending on the case of the noun it governs. When used with the genitive case, it typically means 'about', 'concerning', 'for', or 'on behalf of'. When used with the accusative case, it usually indicates spatial 'around', 'about' (in the sense of movement or position), 'at', or 'near'. It can also be used as a prefix in compound words, adding a sense of 'around' or 'excessive'.
Inflection: Governs Genitive or Accusative case; Does not inflect itself
Synonyms: ΥΠΕΡ, ΑΜΦΙ, ΕΠΙ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *peri, meaning 'around, about'. It is cognate with English 'peri-' (as in 'perimeter') and Latin 'per'.
G3588
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Definite Article, Demonstrative Pronoun
Sounds like: TOOS
Translations: the, them, those
Notes: ΤΟΥΣ is the masculine plural accusative form of the definite article or demonstrative pronoun 'ὁ'. As an article, it functions like 'the' in English, specifying a noun that is already known or has been previously mentioned. As a pronoun, it means 'them' or 'those', referring to a group of masculine individuals or things in the accusative case, indicating they are the direct object of a verb or the object of a preposition.
Inflection: Plural, Accusative, Masculine
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *so- (demonstrative pronoun).
G3551
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: noh-MOOS
Translations: laws, a law
Notes: This word refers to a law, custom, or principle. It is often used in the plural to refer to a body of laws, such as the Mosaic Law. In this form, it is used as the direct object of a verb or preposition.
Inflection: Plural, Masculine, Accusative
Synonyms: ΘΕΣΜΟΣ, ΔΙΚΑΙΩΜΑ, ΕΝΤΟΛΗ
G4269
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: pro-GO-non
Translations: of ancestors, of forefathers, of parents
Notes: This word refers to those who came before, such as ancestors, forefathers, or even parents. It is used to denote a lineage or a preceding generation. In a sentence, it would typically be used to indicate possession or origin, like 'the traditions of our ancestors'.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine
Synonyms: ΠΑΤΕΡΩΝ, ΠΑΛΑΙΩΝ
G3588
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Definite Article
Sounds like: TAS
Translations: the
Notes: ΤΑΣ is the definite article 'the' in Koine Greek. It is used to specify a particular noun, similar to 'the' in English. This specific form is used when the noun it modifies is feminine, plural, and in the accusative case, indicating the direct object of a verb or the object of certain prepositions.
Inflection: Feminine, Plural, Accusative
G4234
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: PRAX-ace
Translations: deeds, acts, actions
Notes: This word refers to actions, deeds, or accomplishments. It is often used in a general sense to describe human activity or what someone does. It can also refer to specific events or a collection of actions, such as the 'Acts' of the Apostles.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative or Accusative or Vocative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΕΡΓΑ, ΠΟΙΗΜΑΤΑ, ΔΡΑΣΕΙΣ
Etymology: From the verb πράσσω (prassō), meaning 'to do' or 'to accomplish'.
G1987
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ep-is-TAS-thai
Translations: to know, to understand, to be acquainted with, to be skilled in, to be experienced in
Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to know' or 'to understand'. It implies a deep, practical knowledge or skill, often gained through experience or study, rather than just factual information. It is a compound verb formed from the preposition 'ἐπί' (upon, over) and 'ἵσταμαι' (to stand).
Inflection: Present or Aorist, Middle or Passive, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΓΙΝΩΣΚΩ, ΟΙΔΑ, ΜΑΝΘΑΝΩ
G3303
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Particle, Conjunction
Sounds like: MEN
Translations: indeed, on the one hand, truly, certainly, but, however
Notes: This word is a particle often used to introduce a clause that is contrasted with a following clause, which is typically introduced by the particle δέ (de). It can indicate a concession, an affirmation, or simply serve to mark a transition in thought. While it often translates as 'indeed' or 'on the one hand,' its precise meaning is highly dependent on context and the presence of a contrasting 'δέ' clause.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΔΕ, ΓΕ, ΚΑΙ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European. It is an ancient particle used to mark emphasis or contrast.
G2443
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Conjunction
Sounds like: EE-nah
Translations: in order that, that, so that, to
Notes: This word is a conjunction used to introduce a clause expressing purpose, result, or content. It often translates to 'in order that' or simply 'that' when indicating the aim or outcome of an action. It can also be used to express a command or exhortation, especially when followed by the subjunctive mood.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΟΠΩΣ, ΩΣΤΕ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *en- (in). It is related to the preposition 'in' and developed into a conjunction expressing purpose or result.
G3401
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: mee-MOHN-tai
Translations: they may imitate, they may mimic, they may follow, they may copy
Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to imitate,' 'to mimic,' or 'to follow.' It describes the act of copying someone or something, often in behavior or actions. It can be used in sentences like 'they may imitate their teacher' or 'they may follow the example set before them.'
Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive Voice, Subjunctive Mood, 3rd Person Plural
Synonyms: ΑΚΟΛΟΥΘΕΩ, ΖΗΛΟΩ
G3588
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Definite Article
Sounds like: toys
Translations: to the, for the, the
Notes: ΤΟΙΣ is the dative plural form of the definite article in Koine Greek. It functions similarly to 'the' in English, but specifically indicates the indirect object or the recipient of an action, or location/instrument when used with a dative noun. It can be used with masculine, feminine, or neuter nouns in the plural.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, All genders
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European. It is a demonstrative pronoun that evolved into the definite article in Greek.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Letter, Numeral
Sounds like: DEL-tah
Translations: Delta, four, 4
Notes: Δ (Delta) is the fourth letter of the Greek alphabet. In the Greek numeral system, it represents the number four. It is also used as a symbol in various contexts, including mathematics and science, though its primary function in Koine Greek texts is as a letter or a numeral.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Etymology: The Greek letter Delta is derived from the Phoenician letter Dalet, which means 'door'.
G4936
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb, Participle
Sounds like: soon-TREH-foh-meh-noy
Translations: being brought up together, being nourished together, being educated together
Notes: This word is a compound participle, formed from 'σύν' (with, together) and 'τρέφω' (to nourish, to bring up). It describes individuals who are being nourished, brought up, or educated in common with others. It implies a shared upbringing or shared sustenance.
Inflection: Present, Passive, Participle, Masculine, Nominative, Plural
Synonyms: ΣΥΝΕΚΤΡΕΦΟΜΕΝΟΙ, ΣΥΝΕΚΤΡΕΦΟΝΤΕΣ
G3383
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Conjunction
Sounds like: MAY-teh
Translations: neither, nor
Notes: This word is a conjunction used to connect two or more negative clauses or phrases. It often appears in a series, meaning 'neither...nor' or 'not even'. It emphasizes the exclusion of all listed possibilities.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΟΥΔΕ, ΟΥΤΕ
Etymology: From the negative particle ΜΗ (mē) and the enclitic particle ΤΕ (te), which means 'and'. It is used to connect negative clauses.
G3845
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: pa-ra-BAH-ee-noh-see
Translations: they transgress, they violate, they go beyond, they pass over
Notes: This word means to transgress, violate, or go beyond a boundary or rule. It is often used in the context of breaking a law, commandment, or agreement, implying a deviation from what is right or expected. It can also mean to pass over or step across something.
Inflection: Third Person Plural, Present Tense, Active Voice, Subjunctive Mood
Synonyms: ΑΘΕΤΕΩ, ΠΑΡΑΠΙΠΤΩ, ΥΠΕΡΒΑΙΝΩ
G4620
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: SKEP-sin
Translations: pretext, excuse, a pretext, an excuse
Notes: This word refers to a pretext or an excuse, something put forward to conceal the real reason or motive for an action. It is often used in a negative sense, implying a deceptive or insincere reason.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΠΡΟΦΑΣΙΣ, ΑΙΤΙΑ
G0052
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ag-NOY-ahs
Translations: of ignorance, of a lack of knowledge, of unknowing
Notes: This word refers to a state of not knowing or being unaware of something. It can describe a lack of understanding, information, or awareness, often implying a moral or intellectual deficiency. It is used to describe the state of being ignorant or having committed something out of ignorance.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine
Synonyms: ΑΓΝΩΣΙΑ, ΑΜΑΘΙΑ, ΑΣΥΝΕΣΙΑ
G2192
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: EKH-oh-see
Translations: they may have, they might have, they should have, they have
Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to have', 'to hold', 'to possess', or 'to be able'. It is often used to indicate possession or a state of being. In this form, it is a third-person plural present subjunctive, indicating a potential or desired action, often translated with 'may' or 'might', or simply as a present tense verb in a dependent clause.
Inflection: Third Person, Plural, Present, Active, Subjunctive
Synonyms: ΚΤΆΟΜΑΙ, ΛΑΜΒΆΝΩ, ΚΑΤΈΧΩ
G1909
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition, Prefix
Sounds like: EHF
Translations: on, upon, over, to, against, at, in, for, because of, with, by
Notes: This word is an elided form of the Greek preposition ἘΠΊ (epi), which means 'on,' 'upon,' or 'over.' The final vowel of ἘΠΊ is dropped before a word beginning with a vowel, especially a rough breathing mark, resulting in ἘΦ. Its precise meaning depends on the case of the noun it governs: with the genitive, it means 'on' or 'upon' (of place or time); with the dative, it means 'on,' 'at,' 'by,' or 'for' (of position or cause); and with the accusative, it means 'on,' 'to,' 'against,' or 'over' (of motion or purpose). It is also commonly used as a prefix in compound words.
Inflection: Does not inflect; it is an elided form of the preposition ἘΠΊ. Its meaning varies depending on the case of the noun it governs (Genitive, Dative, or Accusative).
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *opi, meaning 'on, near, against'. It is cognate with Latin ob and Sanskrit api.
G1520
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Numeral
Sounds like: eh-NOSS
Translations: of one, of a, of an
Notes: This word is the genitive singular form of the numeral 'one'. It is used to indicate possession or relationship, similar to how 'of one' or 'of a' is used in English. It can refer to a single person or thing, or to a part of a whole.
Inflection: Genitive, Singular, Masculine or Neuter
G1161
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Particle, Conjunction
Sounds like: DEH
Translations: but, and, now, then, moreover, however
Notes: ΔΕ is a common Koine Greek particle or conjunction used to connect clauses or sentences. It often indicates a transition, a contrast, or a continuation of thought. It can be translated in various ways depending on the context, such as 'but' when indicating opposition, 'and' when simply continuing a narrative, or 'now'/'then' when marking a new point or development.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΚΑΙ, ΑΛΛΑ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'and' or 'but'. It is an ancient particle used to connect ideas or introduce new information.
G4413
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: PRO-too
Translations: of first, of the first, of the foremost
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'first' or 'foremost'. It is used to describe something that is initial, primary, or preeminent in order, time, or importance. In the provided examples, it refers to the 'first month'.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter
Synonyms: ΑΡΧΑΙΟΥ, ΠΡΟΤΕΡΟΥ
G2476
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: STAY-soh
Translations: I will stand, I will set, I will establish, I will appoint, I will cause to stand
Notes: This word is the first person singular future active indicative form of the verb ἵστημι (histēmi). It means 'I will stand,' 'I will set up,' 'I will establish,' or 'I will appoint.' It can be used transitively to mean 'to cause to stand' or 'to set,' or intransitively to mean 'to stand' or 'to take a stand.'
Inflection: Future, Active, Indicative, First Person Singular
Synonyms: ΕΓΕΙΡΩ, ΤΙΘΗΜΙ, ΟΡΙΖΩ
Etymology: The verb ἵστημι (histēmi) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *steh₂- meaning 'to stand.' It is a common verb in ancient Greek with a wide range of meanings related to standing, setting, and establishing.
G3588
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Definite Article
Sounds like: TON
Translations: the
Notes: This word is the masculine singular accusative form of the definite article 'the'. It is used to specify a particular masculine noun that is the direct object of a verb or preposition. For example, it would be used in phrases like 'he saw the man' or 'towards the God'.
Inflection: Masculine, Singular, Accusative
Etymology: The Greek definite article derives from Proto-Indo-European demonstrative pronouns. It developed to function as a marker of definiteness in Greek.
G3056
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: LOH-gon
Translations: word, a word, message, a message, account, an account, reason, a reason, saying, a saying
Notes: This word refers to a word, message, statement, or account. It can also denote reason, speech, or a divine utterance. In a sentence, it often functions as the direct object, indicating what is being spoken, heard, or discussed.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΡΗΜΑ, ΕΠΟΣ, ΜΥΘΟΣ
G5599, G3739
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Letter, Interjection, Relative Pronoun
Sounds like: OH-meh-gah (as a letter); OH (as an interjection); OH (as a pronoun)
Translations: Omega, O, Oh, the end, the last, (to) whom, (to) which, (to) what, (to) that, (to) who, (to) those, (to) whomsoever, (to) whatsoever
Notes: This character, Omega, is the twenty-fourth and final letter of the Greek alphabet. As a letter, it represents the long 'o' sound. It can also function as an interjection, similar to 'O' or 'Oh' in English, used for direct address or exclamation. Furthermore, without diacritics, 'Ω' can represent the dative singular form of the relative pronoun 'ὅς, ἥ, ὅ', meaning 'to whom', 'to which', or 'to what', depending on context and gender. It can refer to a person or thing that is the indirect object of an action.
Inflection: Does not inflect (as a letter or interjection); Dative, Singular, All genders (as a relative pronoun)
Etymology: The letter Omega is derived from the Phoenician letter 'ayin'. Its name literally means 'great O' (ō mega), distinguishing it from Omicron ('small O'). As a relative pronoun, it originates from Proto-Indo-European roots.
G3142
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: mar-TOO-ree
Translations: (to) testimony, (to) witness, (to) evidence, (to) proof
Notes: This word refers to a testimony, witness, evidence, or proof. It is used to describe something that serves as a confirmation or demonstration of a fact or event. In this form, it is in the dative case, indicating the recipient or purpose of an action, often translated with 'to' or 'for'.
Inflection: Singular, Dative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΜΑΡΤΥΡΙΑ, ΜΑΡΤΥΣ
Etymology: The word ΜΑΡΤΥΡΙΟΝ (martyrion) comes from the Greek word μάρτυς (martys), meaning 'witness'. It refers to the act or content of bearing witness.
G3398
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun, Adverb
Sounds like: mee-KRON
Translations: small, little, a little, a small thing, a short time
Notes: This word is an adjective that describes something as small in size, quantity, or importance. It can be used to refer to physical smallness, a small amount, or something of lesser significance. In its neuter form, it can also function as a noun meaning 'a small thing' or 'a little bit', or as an adverb meaning 'a little' or 'for a short time'.
Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative; or Masculine or Feminine, Accusative
Synonyms: ΟΛΙΓΟΣ, ΒΡΑΧΥΣ
Etymology: The word ΜΙΚΡΟΣ comes from an ancient Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'small'. It is related to words in other Indo-European languages that convey the idea of smallness or littleness.
G1715
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb, Preposition
Sounds like: em-PROS-then
Translations: before, in front, in front of, in the presence of, ahead, formerly, previously
Notes: This word functions as both an adverb and a preposition. As an adverb, it means 'before' or 'in front,' indicating a position or time. As a preposition, it means 'in front of' or 'in the presence of,' typically taking the genitive case. It can also refer to something that happened 'formerly' or 'previously.'
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΠΡΟ, ΕΝΑΝΤΙΟΝ, ΚΑΤΕΝΑΝΤΙ
Etymology: From the preposition ἐν (en, 'in') and the adverbial form of πρός (pros, 'to, toward'). It literally means 'in front of' or 'in the direction of'.
G0749
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ar-khai-O-tay-toss
Translations: of antiquity, of ancientness, of ancient times, of oldness
Notes: This word refers to the state or quality of being ancient or old. It denotes antiquity, ancientness, or the distant past. It is often used to describe things that belong to or are characteristic of ancient times, such as customs, traditions, or historical periods.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine
Synonyms: ΠΑΛΑΙΟΤΗΣ, ΑΡΧΑΙΟΝ
G5530
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ekh-RAY-sah-mehn
Translations: I used, I employed, I dealt with, I treated
Notes: This is a verb meaning 'to use,' 'to employ,' or 'to deal with.' It often takes a dative object, indicating what is being used or with whom one is dealing. For example, one might 'use' a tool or 'deal with' a person.
Inflection: First Person, Singular, Aorist, Indicative, Middle Voice
Synonyms: ΧΡΩΜΑΙ, ΚΕΧΡΗΜΑΙ
Etymology: The word ΧΡΆΟΜΑΙ (chraomai) comes from the root χράω (chraō), meaning 'to furnish what is needful,' 'to consult an oracle,' or 'to proclaim.' The middle voice often takes on the meaning of 'to use' or 'to employ.'
G3588
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Definite Article, Relative Pronoun, Letter
Sounds like: OH
Translations: the, who, which, O
Notes: Ο is primarily the masculine singular nominative form of the definite article 'the'. It is used to specify a noun, similar to 'the' in English. It can also function as a relative pronoun, meaning 'who' or 'which', introducing a relative clause. Additionally, 'Ο' is the fifteenth letter of the Greek alphabet, Omicron, which corresponds to the short 'o' sound.
Inflection: Masculine, Singular, Nominative (for the article/relative pronoun); Does not inflect (for the letter)
Etymology: The definite article 'Ο' derives from Proto-Indo-European. The letter 'Ο' (Omicron) is derived from the Phoenician letter 'ayin'.
G1063
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Particle
Sounds like: gar
Translations: for, because, indeed, then, therefore
Notes: This word is a postpositive particle, meaning it typically appears second in a clause. It introduces a reason, explanation, or confirmation for what has just been stated. It can also indicate a logical consequence or a transition in thought, often translated as 'for' or 'because'. In some contexts, it can simply add emphasis or affirm a statement.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΔΙΟΤΙ, ΕΠΕΙ, ΟΥΝ
Etymology: The particle ΓΑΡ is believed to be a contraction of the particles γε (ge) meaning 'indeed' or 'at least' and ἄρα (ara) meaning 'then' or 'therefore'. It has been in use since ancient Greek.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: mah-NEH-thohs
Translations: Manetho
Notes: Manetho was an ancient Egyptian priest and historian who lived during the Ptolemaic era. He is known for his Aegyptiaca (History of Egypt), a chronological account of the pharaohs of ancient Egypt, which is a crucial source for the chronology of Egyptian history. The name is used to refer to this specific historical figure.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine
Etymology: The name Manetho is of Egyptian origin, likely derived from an Egyptian phrase meaning 'Truth of Thoth' or 'Gift of Thoth'.
G3778
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun, Adjective
Sounds like: OO-tos
Translations: this, that, he, she, it, these, those, this one, that one
Notes: This word is a demonstrative pronoun, meaning 'this' or 'that'. It is used to point out something or someone that is near, or has just been mentioned. It can function as a substantive (e.g., 'he', 'she', 'it', 'this one') or as an adjective modifying a noun (e.g., 'this man', 'these things'). It often refers to something immediately present or recently discussed in the discourse.
Inflection: Masculine, Nominative, Singular
Synonyms: ΕΚΕΙΝΟΣ, ΟΔΕ
Etymology: The word ΟΥΤΟΣ is of uncertain origin, but it is thought to be an ancient demonstrative pronoun in Greek, possibly related to other Indo-European demonstratives.
G0009
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: ai-gyp-tee-a-KEEN
Translations: Egyptian
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'Egyptian', referring to something or someone from Egypt. It is used to describe nouns, indicating their origin or connection to Egypt, such as 'Egyptian history' or 'Egyptian language'.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
G2477
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: his-toh-REE-an
Translations: history, a history, account, a narrative, story, a story, inquiry, a report
Notes: This word refers to a narrative, an account, or a story, particularly one based on inquiry or research. It can denote a historical record or a detailed report of events. It is used in sentences to refer to the subject matter of a written or oral account.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΔΙΗΓΗΣΙΣ, ΑΦΗΓΗΣΙΣ, ΛΟΓΟΣ
Etymology: The word 'ΙΣΤΟΡΙΑ' comes from the verb 'ἱστορέω' (historeō), meaning 'to inquire, to learn by inquiry, to examine'. This verb is related to 'ἵστωρ' (histōr), meaning 'one who knows, an expert, a judge'. The ultimate origin is from Proto-Indo-European, referring to knowledge or wisdom.
G1537
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition
Sounds like: EK
Translations: out of, from, of
Notes: ἘΚ is a preposition meaning 'out of' or 'from,' indicating origin, source, or separation. It always governs the genitive case, meaning the noun or pronoun following it will be in the genitive form. It can also be used to express the cause or means by which something occurs.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ἈΠΌ
Etymology: From a primary preposition, meaning 'out of' or 'from'. It is a fundamental word in Greek, indicating separation or origin.
G2413
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun
Sounds like: hee-eh-RON
Translations: (of) holy, (of) sacred, (of) consecrated, (of) a holy thing, (of) sacred things, (of) holy places
Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of the adjective 'holy' or 'sacred'. It describes something belonging to or associated with the divine, a temple, or religious rites. It can also function as a noun in the genitive plural, referring to 'holy things' or 'sacred places'. It is often used to describe objects, places, or actions that are set apart for religious purposes.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, All genders
Synonyms: ΑΓΙΩΝ, ΟΣΙΩΝ
Etymology: The word ἱερός (hieros) comes from an ancient root meaning 'sacred' or 'holy', often associated with that which is set apart for a deity or religious use. It is related to the concept of sacrifice and divine power.
G1121
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: grahm-MAH-tohn
Translations: of letters, of writings, of documents, of scriptures, of a writing, of a document, of a letter
Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of 'γραμμα' (gramma). It refers to written characters, letters of the alphabet, or more broadly, written documents, scriptures, or literature. It is used to indicate possession or origin, such as 'of letters' or 'belonging to writings'. In the provided context, 'πόλις γραμμάτων' (polis grammaton) means 'city of writings' or 'city of scribes/scholars', implying a place known for its literacy or written records.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Neuter
Synonyms: ΒΙΒΛΙΩΝ, ΓΡΑΦΩΝ
G3177
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: meth-er-may-NOO-eh-in
Translations: to translate, to interpret
Notes: This is a compound verb meaning to translate or interpret from one language into another. It is used to describe the act of explaining the meaning of something, especially a text or speech, in a different language.
Inflection: Present, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΕΡΜΗΝΕΥΩ, ΔΙΕΡΜΗΝΕΥΩ
G5293
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: hoo-pes-KHEE-meh-nos
Translations: promised, having been promised
Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle, meaning 'having been promised' or 'promised'. It describes someone or something that has received a promise. As a participle, it functions like an adjective, modifying a noun or pronoun, and indicates a completed action in the past.
Inflection: Perfect, Passive, Masculine, Singular, Nominative
Synonyms: ΕΠΑΓΓΕΛΛΟΜΑΙ
G4280
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: pro-AY-pohn
Translations: having said before, having foretold, having announced beforehand, having spoken previously
Notes: This is a compound word formed from the preposition 'πρό' (before) and the verb 'εἶπον' (to say, to speak). It means to say something in advance, to foretell, or to announce beforehand. It is used to describe an action of speaking that occurred prior to another event or a main action in the sentence.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Singular, Masculine
Synonyms: ΠΡΟΦΗΤΕΥΩ, ΠΡΟΑΓΓΕΛΛΩ
Etymology: The word is a compound of the prefix πρό (pro), meaning 'before' or 'in front of', and the aorist stem of the verb λέγω (legō), meaning 'to say' or 'to speak'.
G2251
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: hay-MEH-teh-roos
Translations: our, ours
Notes: This word is a possessive adjective meaning 'our' or 'ours'. It indicates possession by the first person plural ('we'). It is used to describe something that belongs to or is associated with 'us'. For example, it could be used in a phrase like 'our houses' or 'our people'.
Inflection: Plural, Masculine, Accusative
Etymology: The word Ἡμέτερος (hēméteros) is derived from the first person plural pronoun ἡμεῖς (hēmeis), meaning 'we'. It is an adjective formed to express possession related to 'us'.
G4269
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: pro-GO-noos
Translations: ancestors, forefathers, a forefather
Notes: This word refers to one's ancestors or forefathers. It is a compound word formed from 'πρό' (pro), meaning 'before' or 'in front of', and 'γόνος' (gonos), meaning 'offspring' or 'birth'. Thus, it literally means 'those born before'. It is typically used in the plural to refer to a lineage or line of descent.
Inflection: Plural, Accusative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΠΑΤΕΡΕΣ, ΠΑΛΑΙΟΙ
G4183
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: pol-LAIS
Translations: to many, with many, by many, for many
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'many' or 'much'. It is used here in its dative, plural, feminine form, indicating that it modifies a feminine plural noun in the dative case. It describes a quantity or abundance of something.
Inflection: Dative, Plural, Feminine
Synonyms: ΙΚΑΝΟΣ, ΠΛΗΘΥΣ
G3461
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: my-REE-ah-sin
Translations: to myriads, to tens of thousands, to innumerable multitudes
Notes: This word refers to a very large, indefinite number, specifically tens of thousands or an innumerable multitude. It is used to describe a vast quantity or a countless host of things or people. In the provided examples, it refers to large numbers of rams, lambs, or holy ones.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΠΛΗΘΟΣ, ΑΝΑΡΙΘΜΗΤΟΣ
G125
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: AI-gyp-TON
Translations: Egypt
Notes: This is a proper noun referring to the country of Egypt. In the provided examples, it is used as the object of a verb or preposition, indicating a destination or location.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
G2064
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb, Participle
Sounds like: el-THON-tas
Translations: having come, who came, those who came
Notes: This word is an aorist active participle derived from the verb ἔρχομαι (erchomai), meaning "to come" or "to go." As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action that occurred prior to the main verb. In this form, it refers to a group of masculine individuals who have performed the action of coming.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Accusative, Plural, Masculine
Synonyms: ΗΚΟΝΤΑΣ, ΑΦΙΚΟΜΕΝΟΥΣ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *h₁erǵʰ- (to move, to go).
G2902
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: kra-TAY-sai
Translations: to seize, to grasp, to hold, to take hold of, to prevail, to rule, to master
Notes: This word is the aorist active infinitive form of the verb 'krateō'. It generally means to take hold of, to grasp, to hold fast, or to prevail over something or someone. It can also imply exercising power or authority, or mastering a situation. It is often followed by a genitive case to indicate what is being seized or held.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΕΧΩ, ΚΑΤΕΧΩ, ΚΥΡΙΕΥΩ
G1774
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: en-oy-KOON-tone
Translations: of those dwelling in, of those inhabiting, of those residing in
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'enoikeō', meaning 'to dwell in' or 'to inhabit'. As a genitive plural participle, it typically refers to 'those who dwell in' or 'those who inhabit' something, often used to describe the inhabitants of a place. It functions like a noun in this form, indicating possession or origin.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter, Present Active Participle
Synonyms: ΚΑΤΟΙΚΟΥΝΤΩΝ, ΟΙΚΟΥΝΤΩΝ
G1534
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: EYE-tah
Translations: then, next, afterward, after that
Notes: This word is an adverb meaning 'then' or 'next'. It indicates a sequence of events or actions, showing what happens immediately after something else. It is often used to introduce the next step in a narrative or a logical progression. The form ΕἸΤ' is an elided form of ΕἸΤΑ, where the final alpha has been dropped before a word starting with a vowel.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΕΠΕΙΤΑ, ΕΞΗΣ
Etymology: The word ΕἸΤΑ is derived from the demonstrative pronoun *e- (meaning 'that') combined with the adverbial suffix -ta, indicating sequence or time. It is related to other Greek words that denote order or succession.
G0846
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun, Adjective
Sounds like: ow-TOS
Translations: he, she, it, they, him, her, it, them, himself, herself, itself, themselves, same, very
Notes: ΑΥ̓ΤΟΣ is a versatile word in Koine Greek. As a third-person pronoun, it translates to 'he, she, it' or 'they' in the nominative case, and 'him, her, it' or 'them' in other cases. When used intensively, often in the nominative or immediately following the noun, it means 'himself, herself, itself, themselves' or 'even, very'. When used as an adjective with the definite article (e.g., 'ὁ αὐτὸς'), it means 'the same'. Its meaning depends on its grammatical function and position in the sentence.
Inflection: Singular or Plural, Nominative, Genitive, Dative, or Accusative, Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter
Synonyms: ΟΥ̓ΤΟΣ, ἘΚΕΙΝΟΣ
Etymology: The word ΑΥ̓ΤΟΣ is of uncertain origin, possibly from a pronominal stem *au- or *aw-.
G3670
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: oh-moh-lo-GOHN
Translations: confessing, acknowledging, professing, agreeing, admitting
Notes: This word is a present active participle derived from the verb 'homologeo'. It describes someone who is in the act of confessing, acknowledging, or professing something. It can be used to describe a person who agrees with a statement or admits to a fact. It functions like an adjective or adverb, modifying a noun or verb to indicate the action of confessing.
Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative
Synonyms: ΕΞΟΜΟΛΟΓΕΩ, ΣΥΜΦΩΝΕΩ
G5550
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: KHRO-noh
Translations: (to) time, (in) time, a time, season, period
Notes: This word refers to a period of time, a season, or a specific moment. It is often used to indicate when something occurs, frequently appearing with prepositions like 'ἐν' (in) to denote 'in time' or 'at a certain time'. It can also refer to a duration or an appointed time.
Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΚΑΙΡΟΣ, ΑΙΩΝ
Etymology: The word ΧΡΟΝΟΣ (chronos) comes from Proto-Indo-European. It refers to a duration of time, as opposed to καιρός (kairos), which refers to a specific, opportune time.
G3825
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: PAH-lin
Translations: again, back, anew, once more, on the other hand, moreover, in turn
Notes: This word is an adverb meaning 'again' or 'back'. It is used to indicate a repetition of an action or a return to a previous state or place. It can also be used to introduce a contrasting idea, similar to 'on the other hand' or 'moreover'.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΑΥΘΙΣ, ΕΤΙ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *kwel- (to turn, revolve). It refers to a turning back or repetition.
G5306
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb, Adjective
Sounds like: HOO-steh-ron
Translations: later, afterward, last, finally, the latter, the end, a later time, the later
Notes: This word indicates a point in time that comes after another, or something that is last in a sequence. It can function as an adverb meaning 'later' or 'afterward', or as an adjective/noun meaning 'the last' or 'the latter part'. It is often used to refer to a subsequent event or a final outcome.
Inflection: Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative (when functioning as a noun/adjective), Adverbial
Synonyms: ΟΨΕ, ΕΠΕΙΤΑ, ΤΕΛΟΣ
Etymology: From the comparative form of the adverb 'ὑπό' (hypo), meaning 'under' or 'below', indicating a position or time that is subsequent or inferior.
G1601
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb, Participle
Sounds like: ek-peh-SON-tas
Translations: having fallen, having fallen out, having been cast out, having been driven out
Notes: This word is an aorist active participle of the verb 'ekpiptō', meaning 'to fall out', 'to be cast out', or 'to be driven out'. As a participle, it describes an action that has already occurred and functions adjectivally or adverbially, often indicating the result or circumstance of another action. It can describe someone or something that has been dislodged, expelled, or has failed.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Accusative, Masculine, Plural
Synonyms: ΠΙΠΤΩ, ΑΠΟΠΙΠΤΩ, ΕΚΒΑΛΛΩ
G3568
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: NOON
Translations: now, at present, at this time
Notes: ΝΥΝ is an adverb meaning 'now' or 'at present'. It refers to the current moment in time. It can also be used to introduce a new point or a conclusion in a discourse, indicating a shift to the present situation or a logical consequence.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΑΡΤΙ, ΗΔΗ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *nu, meaning 'now'. It is cognate with Latin nunc and English 'now'.
G2449
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: ee-oo-DAH-ee-an
Translations: Judea
Notes: This word refers to Judea, a historical region in the Southern Levant. It was a significant area in ancient times, particularly known as the homeland of the Jewish people. In Koine Greek texts, it is often used to denote the geographical region or the province.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
G2722
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: kah-tas-KHEIN
Translations: to hold fast, to restrain, to possess, to occupy, to hold back, to keep, to seize, to take possession of, to detain, to retain
Notes: This word is the aorist active infinitive form of the verb 'κατέχω' (katechō). It generally means to hold something firmly, to possess it, or to restrain it. It can also imply seizing or taking possession of something, or detaining someone or something. Its meaning can vary slightly depending on the context, often conveying the idea of maintaining control or preventing movement.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΚΡΑΤΕΩ, ΕΧΩ, ΚΩΛΥΩ
G2936
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle, Verb
Sounds like: KTEE-san-tas
Translations: those who created, those who founded, those who built, creators, founders, builders
Notes: This word is an aorist active participle, meaning 'having created' or 'having founded'. It describes the action of creating or founding as something completed in the past, and it functions adjectivally, modifying a noun or pronoun. In this form, it refers to multiple masculine subjects who performed the action of creating or founding, and it is in the accusative case, meaning it is the direct object of a verb or the object of a preposition.
Inflection: Accusative, Masculine, Plural, Aorist, Active, Participle
Synonyms: ΠΟΙΟΥΝΤΑΣ, ΔΗΜΙΟΥΡΓΟΥΝΤΑΣ
Etymology: The verb ΚΤΙΖΩ (ktizō) comes from the noun κτίσις (ktisis), meaning 'creation' or 'foundation'. Its origin is uncertain, but it is related to the idea of establishing or settling.
G2414
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: ee-eh-roh-SO-loo-mah
Translations: Jerusalem
Notes: This word refers to Jerusalem, the capital city of ancient Judea and a significant religious center for Jews and Christians. It is often used in the context of travel to or from the city, or events that took place within it.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Accusative, or Genitive (indeclinable in some contexts), Feminine
Etymology: The name 'Jerusalem' is of Semitic origin, likely derived from 'Urusalim', meaning 'foundation of Shalem' or 'city of peace'. It has been known by various names throughout history.
G3501
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: NEH-oh
Translations: new, young, a new, a young
Notes: This word describes something as new, fresh, or young. It can refer to age, quality, or recentness. For example, it can be used to describe new wine, a new covenant, or a young person.
Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
Synonyms: ΚΑΙΝΟΣ, ΠΡΟΣΦΑΤΟΣ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *newos, meaning 'new'.
G2680
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: kah-tah-skay-vah-SAH-sthai
Translations: to prepare, to build, to construct, to make ready, to furnish, to provide
Notes: This word means to prepare, build, or construct something. It implies making something ready or furnishing it for a specific purpose. It is often used in contexts of building structures, preparing a place, or equipping something.
Inflection: Aorist, Middle Voice, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΟΙΚΟΔΟΜΕΩ, ΕΤΟΙΜΑΖΩ, ΠΟΙΕΩ
Etymology: From κατά (kata, 'down, against') and σκευάζω (skeuazō, 'to prepare, equip'). The latter comes from σκεῦος (skeuos, 'vessel, implement, equipment').
G3360
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition, Adverb, Conjunction
Sounds like: MEKH-ree
Translations: until, up to, as far as, even to, while, during
Notes: This word indicates a point in time or space that is reached, meaning 'until' or 'up to'. As a preposition, it takes the genitive case and specifies the limit of an action or state. As an adverb, it can modify verbs or clauses, indicating duration or extent. As a conjunction, it introduces a temporal clause, meaning 'while' or 'until'.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΕΩΣ, ΑΧΡΙ
Etymology: From an assumed base *mekh-, perhaps related to μέγας (megas, “great”) or μήκος (mēkos, “length”). It denotes a limit or extent.
G3778
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun
Sounds like: TOO-tone
Translations: of these, of them
Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of the demonstrative pronoun 'οὗτος' (houtos), meaning 'this' or 'these'. It is used to indicate possession or relationship, often translated as 'of these' or 'of them', referring to things or people previously mentioned or understood from context. It can refer to masculine, feminine, or neuter nouns.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, All genders
Synonyms: ΕΚΕΙΝΩΝ
G0190
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ee-koh-loo-THEE-seh
Translations: he followed, she followed, it followed
Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to follow' or 'to accompany'. It describes the action of moving behind someone or something, or coming after something in sequence. It is often used to indicate discipleship or adherence to a teaching, but can also simply mean to go along with someone.
Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Active, Third Person Singular
Synonyms: ΕΠΟΜΑΙ, ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ
G0324
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ah-nah-grah-FAIS
Translations: (to) records, (to) registers, (to) lists, (to) enrollments
Notes: This word refers to written records, registers, or lists, often of an official nature. It denotes a compilation of information, such as genealogies, public documents, or historical accounts. It is used to indicate the place or means by which information is formally recorded.
Inflection: Dative, Plural, Feminine
Synonyms: ΒΙΒΛΙΑ, ΓΡΑΦΑΙ, ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟΙ
Etymology: The word ἀναγραφή (anagraphē) is a compound word formed from ἀνά (ana), meaning 'up' or 'again', and γράφω (graphō), meaning 'to write'. Thus, it literally means 'to write up' or 'to record'.
G1899
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: eh-PEY-tah
Translations: then, afterward, next, after that, thereupon
Notes: This word is a temporal adverb meaning 'then' or 'afterward'. It is used to indicate a sequence of events, showing that one action or state follows another in time. It can introduce the next step in a narrative or a logical progression.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ἘΠΕΙ, ἘΠΕΙΔΗ, ἘΠΙΤΟ
Etymology: From the Greek preposition ἐπί (epi, 'upon, after') and the particle εἶτα (eita, 'then, next'). It signifies a temporal sequence, indicating what comes after something else.
G1325
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: DOOS
Translations: giving, having given, a giver, one who gives
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'to give'. It describes someone or something that is in the act of giving, or has already given. It can function like an adjective, modifying a noun, or like an adverb, describing the manner of an action. For example, it could be used in a phrase like 'the man giving the gift' or 'he spoke, giving a warning'.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine, Aorist, Active
Synonyms: ΠΑΡΕΧΩΝ, ΧΑΡΙΖΟΜΕΝΟΣ
G1849
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ex-oo-SEE-an
Translations: authority, power, right, a right, jurisdiction, a jurisdiction, liberty, a liberty
Notes: This word refers to the right or power to do something, often implying delegated authority or freedom to act. It can describe official power, the ability to act, or even the freedom to choose.
Inflection: Singular, Feminine, Accusative
Synonyms: ΔΥΝΑΜΙΣ, ΚΡΑΤΟΣ, ΙΣΧΥΣ
Etymology: From the Greek verb ἔξεστι (exesti), meaning 'it is lawful' or 'it is permitted'. It denotes the state of being free to act, hence authority or power.
G0846
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun, Adjective
Sounds like: ow-TOH
Translations: (to) him, (to) her, (to) it, (to) them, (for) him, (for) her, (for) it, (for) them, himself, herself, itself, themselves, the same
Notes: This word is a personal pronoun that can also function as an adjective. In its pronominal use, it typically means 'him', 'her', 'it', or 'them', depending on the gender and number. When used intensively, it can mean 'himself', 'herself', 'itself', or 'themselves', emphasizing the subject. As an adjective, it means 'the same'. The form ΑΥΤΩ is in the dative case, indicating the indirect object of an action, often translated with 'to' or 'for'.
Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
Synonyms: ΕΚΕΙΝΟΣ, ΟΥΤΟΣ
Etymology: The word ΑΥΤΟΣ is of uncertain origin, possibly from a demonstrative pronominal stem. It is a fundamental pronoun in Greek, used across various dialects and periods.
G1223
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition
Sounds like: dee-AH
Translations: through, by, by means of, on account of, because of, for the sake of
Notes: This word is a preposition that can take two different cases, which changes its meaning. When used with the genitive case, it means 'through' or 'by means of', indicating the instrument or agency by which something is done. When used with the accusative case, it means 'on account of', 'because of', or 'for the sake of', indicating the cause or reason for something.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΕΚ, ΕΝΕΚΑ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'through' or 'apart'.
G3588, G3778
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Definite Article, Demonstrative Pronoun, Particle
Sounds like: too
Translations: of the, of him, of it, of this, to, in order to
Notes: This word is a form of the definite article 'the' or a demonstrative pronoun 'this/that'. It is most commonly used to indicate possession or relationship, translating as 'of the' or 'of him/it'. It can also be used before an infinitive verb to express purpose, meaning 'to' or 'in order to'.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter
Etymology: The word 'Ο' (ho), from which 'ΤΟΥ' is derived, comes from Proto-Indo-European. It is an ancient word that has evolved to serve various grammatical functions in Greek.
G5316
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: fah-NAI
Translations: to appear, to shine, to show, to be seen, to become visible
Notes: This word is the aorist active infinitive form of the verb 'phainō'. It means 'to appear', 'to shine', or 'to show'. It can be used to describe something becoming visible or being revealed, or to describe light shining. For example, 'the sun began to appear' or 'the light shone brightly'.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΔΗΛΟΩ, ΕΚΦΑΙΝΩ, ΕΠΙΦΑΙΝΩ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *bʰeh₂- (to shine). It is related to words meaning 'light' or 'to show' in various Indo-European languages.
G1125
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: grap-SEIN
Translations: to write, to draw, to record, to inscribe
Notes: This word is the aorist active infinitive form of the verb 'graphō', meaning 'to write' or 'to draw'. It is used to express the action of writing or drawing in a general sense, often as the object of another verb or in a dependent clause. For example, it can be used to say 'to be able to write' or 'he decided to write'.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΣΥΓΓΡΑΦΩ, ΑΝΑΓΡΑΦΩ, ΕΠΙΓΡΑΦΩ
G3453
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle, Noun
Sounds like: moo-THEH-oo-meh-nah
Translations: things told, things narrated, myths, fables, stories
Notes: This word is a neuter plural participle derived from the verb 'mytheuō', meaning 'to tell a story' or 'to narrate myths'. It refers to things that are told or narrated, often implying stories, myths, or fables. It can be used to describe traditional accounts or fictional narratives.
Inflection: Plural, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative, Present, Middle or Passive
Synonyms: ΜΥΘΟΙ, ΛΕΓΟΜΕΝΑ, ΔΙΗΓΗΜΑΤΑ
Etymology: The word 'mytheuō' comes from the Greek word 'mythos' (μῦθος), meaning 'word, speech, story, myth'. It is related to the verb 'mytheomai' (μυθέομαι), meaning 'to speak, to say'.
G3004
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle, Noun
Sounds like: leh-GOH-meh-nah
Translations: things said, what is said, sayings, words, commands
Notes: This word is the neuter plural passive participle of the verb 'λέγω' (legō), meaning 'to say' or 'to speak'. It refers to 'things being said' or 'what is said'. Depending on the context, it can denote words, statements, or even commands that have been uttered or are in the process of being spoken.
Inflection: Plural, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
Synonyms: ΡΗΜΑΤΑ, ΛΟΓΟΙ
G2453
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ee-oo-DAH-ee-ohn
Translations: of Jews, of the Jews
Notes: This word refers to people from Judea or those who are adherents of Judaism. It is a plural noun in the genitive case, indicating possession or origin, often translated as 'of Jews' or 'belonging to Jews'. It can be used to describe the people, their customs, or their land.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine
G3056
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: LOH-goos
Translations: words, sayings, accounts, messages, statements, reports
Notes: This word is the plural accusative form of 'λόγος' (logos), meaning 'word' or 'reason'. In this form, it typically functions as the direct object of a verb, indicating the 'words' or 'accounts' that are being acted upon. It can refer to spoken words, written accounts, or even divine pronouncements.
Inflection: Plural, Accusative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΡΗΜΑΤΑ, ΕΠΗ, ΜΥΘΟΙ
G0545
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: ah-pee-tha-NOOS
Translations: unbelievable, incredible, improbable, unlikely
Notes: This word describes something that is not credible or convincing, something that is difficult to believe. It can refer to statements, events, or circumstances that seem improbable or beyond belief. It is often used to describe things that are so far-fetched they are not persuasive.
Inflection: Plural, Accusative, Masculine or Feminine
Synonyms: ΑΠΙΣΤΟΣ, ΑΔΥΝΑΤΟΣ
Etymology: The word ἈΠΙΘΑΝΟΣ is a compound word formed from the prefix ἀ- (a-), meaning 'not' or 'un-', and πιθανός (pithanos), meaning 'persuasive' or 'plausible'. Thus, it literally means 'not plausible' or 'unpersuasive'.
G3918
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: par-en-EH-bal-en
Translations: encamped, pitched camp, stationed
Notes: This word describes the action of setting up a camp or stationing oneself, often in a military context. It implies a deliberate act of settling down in a particular place, usually for a period of time.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person Singular
Synonyms: ΣΤΡΑΤΟΠΕΔΕΥΩ, ΚΑΤΑΣΤΡΑΤΟΠΕΔΕΥΩ
G0366
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ah-nah-MIK-sai
Translations: to mix, to mingle, to blend, to associate with
Notes: This word means to mix or mingle things together, or to blend them. It can also refer to associating or having fellowship with others. It is often used in contexts where different elements are combined into one, or where individuals come together.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΜΙΓΝΥΜΙ, ΣΥΜΜΙΓΝΥΜΙ
Etymology: The word ἀναμίγνυμι is a compound word formed from the prefix ἀνά (aná), meaning 'up' or 'again', and the verb μίγνυμι (mígnymi), meaning 'to mix' or 'to mingle'.
G1014
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: boo-LOH-meh-nos
Translations: wishing, desiring, intending, purposing, wanting
Notes: This word is a present participle derived from the verb 'βούλομαι', meaning 'to wish' or 'to desire'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing someone who is currently wishing, desiring, or intending to do something. It often indicates the subject's will, purpose, or intention in a given action.
Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive, Masculine, Singular, Nominative
Synonyms: ΘΕΛΩΝ, ΕΠΙΘΥΜΩΝ
G2254
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun
Sounds like: HEE-meen
Translations: (to) us, (for) us, us
Notes: This word is the dative plural form of the first-person plural pronoun 'we'. It is used to indicate the indirect object of a verb, meaning 'to us' or 'for us'. It can also signify possession or benefit/detriment for 'us'. For example, it might be used in a sentence like 'He gave the book to us' or 'This is good for us'.
Inflection: First Person, Plural, Dative
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, related to the first-person plural pronoun in other Indo-European languages.
G4128
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: PLAY-thoss
Translations: multitude, a multitude, crowd, a crowd, great number, abundance, a great number
Notes: This word refers to a large number or quantity of people or things. It can be used to describe a crowd of people, a large amount of something, or a general abundance. For example, it might refer to a large gathering of disciples or a great quantity of fish.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΟΧΛΟΣ, ΠΟΛΥΣ, ΑΓΕΛΗ
Etymology: From the Greek root *pleth-* meaning 'to be full' or 'to fill'. It is related to words indicating fullness or abundance.
G0004
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun
Sounds like: ai-GYP-tee-ohn
Translations: of Egyptians, of the Egyptians, Egyptian
Notes: This word refers to something or someone belonging to Egypt or the Egyptians. It is often used to describe people from Egypt or things associated with that country. It is a genitive plural form, indicating possession or origin from multiple Egyptians.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine or Feminine
Etymology: From ΑἼΓΥΠΤΟΣ (Aigyptos), meaning 'Egypt'.
G3015
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: LEP-ron
Translations: of lepers, of leprous people
Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of the adjective 'leprous' or 'leper'. It refers to something belonging to or associated with multiple people afflicted with leprosy. It is used to indicate possession or relationship, for example, 'the healing of lepers'.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine, Feminine or Neuter
Etymology: From the Greek word 'λεπίς' (lepis), meaning 'a scale', referring to the scaly appearance of the skin in leprosy.
G0243
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: AL-loys
Translations: to others, for others, with others, other, another
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'other' or 'another'. It is used to refer to a different person or thing from one already mentioned or implied. In this inflected form, it is in the dative case, indicating the indirect object of an action, often translated with prepositions like 'to', 'for', or 'with'. It is a common word used to distinguish one group or item from another.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
Synonyms: ΕΤΕΡΟΣ
Etymology: The word ἄλλος (allos) comes from Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'other' or 'another'. It is related to Latin alius and English 'else'.
G732
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ar-ROH-stee-mah-sin
Translations: (to) sicknesses, (to) diseases, (to) infirmities
Notes: This word refers to illnesses, diseases, or infirmities. It is used to describe physical ailments or weaknesses. In its dative plural form, it indicates the recipient or object of an action, often translated with 'to' or 'for' when referring to sicknesses.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΝΟΣΟΙ, ΑΣΘΕΝΕΙΑΙ
G5613
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb, Conjunction, Preposition
Sounds like: OHS
Translations: as, like, when, how, about, approximately, that, so that
Notes: ΩΣ is a versatile particle in Koine Greek, primarily functioning as a conjunction or adverb. It is used to introduce comparisons ('as,' 'like'), indicate time ('when'), express manner ('how'), or denote purpose or result ('so that,' 'that'). It can also indicate approximation ('about,' 'approximately') or serve as a preposition meaning 'to' or 'towards' with certain cases.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΩΣΠΕΡ, ΚΑΘΩΣ, ΩΣΑΝΕΙ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European. It is related to demonstrative pronouns and adverbs indicating manner or comparison.
G5346
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: FEE-see
Translations: he says, she says, it says
Notes: This word is an inflected form of the verb 'φημί' (phēmi), meaning 'to say' or 'to speak'. It is used to report what someone or something is saying in the present tense. For example, 'he says that...' or 'it says in the book...'.
Inflection: Third person singular, Present, Indicative, Active
Synonyms: ΛΕΓΩ, ΕΡΩ
G5343
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb (Infinitive)
Sounds like: FY-GAYN
Translations: to flee, to escape, to run away
Notes: This word means 'to flee' or 'to escape'. It is used to describe the act of running away from danger, pursuit, or an undesirable situation. For example, one might 'flee from a city' or 'flee from an enemy'. As an infinitive, it often functions like 'to [verb]' in English, indicating purpose or potential action.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΔΡΑΜΕΙΝ, ΑΠΟΔΙΔΡΑΣΚΩ
G0125
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: ahee-GYP-too
Translations: of Egypt
Notes: This word refers to Egypt, an ancient country in northeastern Africa, known for its rich history and significant role in biblical narratives, particularly as the place where the Israelites were enslaved before their exodus. It is often mentioned in contexts relating to its geographical location or its people.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine
G2607
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: kah-tahg-NOHS-then-tohn
Translations: of those condemned, of those judged, of those found guilty
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'καταγινώσκω', meaning 'to condemn', 'to judge', or 'to find guilty'. As a genitive plural participle, it refers to 'those who have been condemned' or 'those who have been found guilty'. It describes a group of people who are the object of a judgment or condemnation.
Inflection: Aorist, Passive, Participle, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter, Plural
Synonyms: ΚΑΤΑΔΙΚΑΖΩ, ΚΑΤΑΚΡΙΝΩ
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: Ah-meh-NOH-fin
Translations: Amenophis
Notes: This is a proper noun, referring to the Egyptian pharaoh Amenophis. It is the Greek form of the Egyptian name Amenhotep. The word is used to identify this specific historical figure in the text.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine
Etymology: The name Amenophis is the Greek transliteration of the ancient Egyptian name Amenhotep, meaning "Amun is content" or "Amun is satisfied." It was the name of several pharaohs of the New Kingdom of Egypt.
G0935
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: bah-see-LEH-ah
Translations: king, a king
Notes: This word refers to a king, monarch, or ruler. It is used to denote the sovereign head of a state or people. In its accusative form, it typically functions as the direct object of a verb or the object of a preposition.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΑΡΧΩΝ, ΚΥΡΙΟΣ
G4369
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb (Participle)
Sounds like: pros-THEIS
Translations: adding, having added, putting to, moreover, furthermore, in addition
Notes: This word is an aorist active participle derived from the verb 'προστίθημι', meaning 'to put to', 'to add', or 'to give besides'. As a participle, it functions adverbially, often indicating an action completed prior to the main verb, or providing additional information. It can convey the sense of 'having added' or simply 'adding', and is frequently used to introduce a new point or action, similar to 'furthermore' or 'moreover' in English.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Masculine or Neuter, Nominative Singular
Synonyms: ΕΠΙΤΙΘΗΜΙ, ΠΡΟΣΑΝΑΤΙΘΗΜΙ
Etymology: The word προστίθημι is a compound of the preposition πρός (pros), meaning 'to' or 'towards', and the verb τίθημι (tithēmi), meaning 'to put' or 'to place'.
G5579
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun
Sounds like: PSYOO-des
Translations: false, a false thing, a lie, a falsehood, lying
Notes: This word describes something that is false, untrue, or deceitful. It can be used as an adjective to modify a noun, meaning 'false' or 'lying'. It can also function as a noun, referring to a 'falsehood' or 'lie' itself. For example, it might describe a false statement or a deceptive act.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΑΛΗΘΕΣ, ΑΔΙΚΟΣ, ΑΠΑΤΗ
Etymology: This word comes from the Greek verb ψεύδω (pseudō), meaning 'to lie' or 'to deceive'. It is related to the concept of falsehood and deception.
G3686
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: O-no-MA
Translations: name, a name, reputation, character, authority
Notes: This word refers to a name, whether of a person, place, or thing. It can also signify one's reputation, character, or even authority, as a name often represents the person or entity itself. It is commonly used in phrases like 'in the name of' to denote authority or representation.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Accusative, or Genitive; Neuter
Synonyms: ΚΛΕΟΣ, ΦΗΜΗ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *h₁nómn̥. It is cognate with Latin nōmen and English name.
G3778
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Demonstrative Pronoun, Demonstrative Adjective
Sounds like: TOO-toh
Translations: this, that, it, a this, a that
Notes: ΤΟΥΤΟ is a demonstrative pronoun or adjective in Koine Greek, meaning 'this' or 'that'. It is the neuter singular form and can function as either the nominative or accusative case. As a pronoun, it refers to a specific thing or concept, often pointing it out. As an adjective, it modifies a neuter singular noun, indicating 'this' or 'that' particular noun. For example, it might be used in phrases like 'this thing' or 'that matter'.
Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
Synonyms: ΑΥΤΟΣ, ΕΚΕΙΝΟΣ
Etymology: The word ΟΥΤΟΣ (houtos) is a demonstrative pronoun in Koine Greek, meaning 'this' or 'that'. Its origin is ancient, deriving from Proto-Indo-European roots that conveyed the idea of proximity or pointing.
G5550
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: KHRO-non
Translations: time, a time, period, a period
Notes: This word refers to a period of time, a duration, or a specific point in time. It is used to denote the extent or length of an event or situation. For example, it can refer to a long time, a short time, or a particular season.
Inflection: Accusative, Singular, Masculine
Synonyms: ΚΑΙΡΟΣ, ΑΙΩΝ
G0846
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun
Sounds like: ow-TOO
Translations: (of) him, his, (of) it, its
Notes: This word is a third-person pronoun. In this genitive singular form, it typically means 'of him,' 'his,' 'of it,' or 'its,' indicating possession or origin. It can refer to a male person or a neuter object/concept.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter
Etymology: The word ΑΥ̓ΤΟΣ (autos) is of uncertain origin, possibly from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'self'. It is an ancient Greek word that has been in continuous use.
G0932
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: bah-see-LEH-ee-ahs
Translations: of a kingdom, of a kingship, of a reign, of a royal power, of a realm, of a royal dominion, of a royal rule
Notes: This word refers to a kingdom, kingship, or royal power. It describes the domain or authority of a king, or the act of reigning. It is often used in the New Testament to refer to the 'kingdom of God' or 'kingdom of heaven'.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine
Synonyms: ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣ, ΒΑΣΙΛΕΙΟΝ
G3724
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ho-RI-sai
Translations: to define, to determine, to appoint, to set boundaries, to decree
Notes: This word is the aorist active infinitive form of the verb 'horizō'. It means to define, determine, appoint, or set boundaries. As an infinitive, it often functions like a noun, expressing the purpose or result of an action, or as a complement to another verb.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΔΙΟΡΙΖΩ, ΠΡΟΣΔΙΟΡΙΖΩ
G3361
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Particle, Adverb
Sounds like: MAY
Translations: not, lest, no, do not
Notes: ΜΗ is a negative particle used in Koine Greek to express a subjective negation. It is typically used with non-indicative moods (like the subjunctive, imperative, infinitive, or participle) to express prohibition, a condition, or a denial of something that is wished for or imagined. For example, it is used in commands like 'do not do this' or in clauses expressing fear or purpose, such as 'lest something happen'. It contrasts with 'οὐ' (ou), which negates objective facts.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Etymology: The word ΜΗ comes from Proto-Indo-European. It is an ancient negative particle that has been present in various forms across Indo-European languages.
G5111
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb, Participle
Sounds like: tol-MAY-sas
Translations: daring, having dared, having been bold, having ventured, having presumed, having been courageous
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'τολμάω', meaning 'to dare' or 'to be bold'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action that has already occurred or a state of having dared. It can be used to describe someone who has taken a risk, acted courageously, or presumed to do something.
Inflection: Aorist Active Participle, Nominative Singular, Masculine
Synonyms: ΘΑΡΡΕΩ, ΤΟΛΜΗΡΟΣ
G2543
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Conjunction, Adverb
Sounds like: KAI-toy
Translations: and yet, although, though, nevertheless, yet, even though
Notes: ΚΑΙΤΟΙ is a conjunction or adverb used to introduce a statement that contrasts with or qualifies what has just been said. It often implies a sense of 'and yet' or 'nevertheless,' indicating a concession or a surprising fact. It can be used to introduce a counter-argument or to emphasize a point despite previous information.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΚΑΙΠΕΡ, ΟΜΩΣ, ΠΛΗΝ
Etymology: ΚΑΙΤΟΙ is a compound word formed from the conjunction ΚΑΙ (kai, 'and, also, even') and the particle ΤΟΙ (toi, 'indeed, surely'). It emphasizes the 'and yet' or 'nevertheless' aspect.
G1065
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Particle
Sounds like: GEH
Translations: indeed, at least, even, certainly, truly
Notes: This word is an emphatic particle used to add emphasis or certainty to a statement. It can highlight a particular word or phrase, often conveying a sense of 'at least,' 'even,' or 'certainly.' It is frequently used to strengthen an assertion or to draw attention to a specific detail.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΔΗ, ΚΑΙ, ΜΕΝ
Etymology: The particle ΓΕ is of uncertain origin, possibly an ancient demonstrative particle.
G0243
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: AL-lohn
Translations: of other, of others, of another, of different
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'other' or 'another'. It is used to refer to things or people that are distinct from those already mentioned or implied. As a genitive plural, it often translates to 'of others' or 'of other things', indicating possession or relation.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter
Synonyms: ΕΤΕΡΩΝ, ΛΟΙΠΩΝ
G0935
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: bah-see-LEH-ohn
Translations: of kings, of a king
Notes: This word refers to rulers, monarchs, or sovereigns. It is used to indicate possession or origin related to kings, such as 'the power of kings' or 'the sons of kings'.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine
Synonyms: ΑΡΧΩΝ, ΗΓΕΜΩΝ
G0199
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: ak-ree-BOHSS
Translations: exactly, accurately, precisely, strictly, diligently, carefully
Notes: This word means 'exactly,' 'accurately,' or 'precisely.' It is used to describe an action performed with great care, strictness, or without deviation. It emphasizes the precision or thoroughness of an action or statement.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ἈΚΡΙΒΩΣΤΕΡΟΝ, ἈΚΡΙΒΕΣΤΑΤΑ
G2094
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: EH-tee
Translations: years
Notes: This word refers to a period of twelve months, commonly known as a year. It is used in the plural form to denote multiple years, often in contexts describing duration or age.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΧΡΟΝΟΙ, ΚΑΙΡΟΙ
G4369
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: pros-TEE-thays
Translations: adding, putting to, increasing, giving besides, continuing, a continuing
Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to add,' 'to put to,' or 'to increase.' It can also imply 'to give besides' or 'to continue' doing something. It is often used in contexts where something is being augmented or joined to something else, or where an action is being continued or repeated.
Inflection: Present Active Participle, Nominative Masculine Singular
Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣΘΕΤΩ, ΕΠΙΤΙΘΗΜΙ, ΑΥΞΑΝΩ
G3778
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Demonstrative Pronoun
Sounds like: TOO-toh
Translations: (to) this, (for) this, (by) this, (in) this, (with) this
Notes: This word is a demonstrative pronoun meaning 'this' or 'that'. In its dative singular form, as 'ΤΟΥΤΩ', it indicates the indirect object of an action, or the means, instrument, or location. It can be translated as 'to this', 'for this', 'by this', 'in this', or 'with this', depending on the context. It points to something specific that is near or recently mentioned.
Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
Synonyms: ΟΔΕ, ΕΚΕΙΝΟΣ
G4316, G0681
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: pros-AP-tee
Translations: he attaches, she attaches, it attaches, he fastens, she fastens, it fastens, he joins, she joins, it joins, he applies, she applies, it applies
Notes: This is a verb meaning to attach, fasten, join, or apply something to something else. It is a compound word formed from the preposition ΠΡΟΣ (pros), meaning 'to' or 'toward', and the verb ΑΠΤΩ (aptō), meaning 'to fasten' or 'to touch'. It describes the action of bringing two things together or connecting them.
Inflection: Third Person Singular, Present Indicative, Active Voice
Synonyms: ΣΥΝΑΠΤΩ, ΠΡΟΣΚΟΛΛΑΩ, ΠΡΟΣΤΙΘΗΜΙ
G5100
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun, Adjective
Sounds like: TEE-nas
Translations: who, what, some, any, some people, any people, some things, any things
Notes: ΤΙΝΑΣ is an inflected form of the pronoun/adjective ΤΙΣ. It serves as both an interrogative (asking 'who?' or 'what?') and an indefinite (meaning 'someone,' 'something,' 'some,' or 'any'). In this form, it is the masculine or feminine, plural, accusative case. It can be used to ask about the identity of multiple people or things, or to refer to an unspecified group of people or things.
Inflection: Plural, Accusative, Masculine or Feminine
G3454
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: moo-tho-lo-GEE-as
Translations: of fables, of myths, of mythology, of mythical narratives
Notes: This word refers to the telling of myths or fables, or the content of such stories. It is a compound word derived from "mythos" (myth, fable) and "logos" (word, account). In this form, it is used to indicate possession or origin, often translated with "of" in English.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine
Synonyms: ΜΥΘΟΙ, ΠΑΡΑΔΟΣΕΙΣ
G1950
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: ep-ee-la-THOH-meh-nos
Translations: forgetting, having forgotten, to forget, to have forgotten
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'to forget'. It describes someone who is in the act of forgetting or has already forgotten something. It is often used to indicate a state of neglect or disregard.
Inflection: Aorist, Middle Voice, Nominative, Masculine, Singular
Synonyms: ΛΗΘΩ, ΑΜΝΗΜΟΝΕΩ
G4975
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: skheh-DON
Translations: almost, nearly, well-nigh, about, approximately
Notes: This word is an adverb meaning 'almost' or 'nearly'. It is used to indicate that something is very close to being true or happening, but not quite. It can modify verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs, conveying a sense of approximation or proximity.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΕΓΓΥΣ, ΜΟΝΟΝ
Etymology: From the root of Ancient Greek 'σχεῖν' (scheîn), meaning 'to have, to hold, to be near'. It implies being 'close at hand' or 'nearly'.
G3754
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Conjunction, Relative Pronoun
Sounds like: OH-tee
Translations: that, because, for, since, how, what, which
Notes: ΟΤΙ is a versatile word in Koine Greek, primarily functioning as a conjunction meaning 'that', 'because', 'for', or 'since'. It can introduce a clause explaining a reason or consequence, or it can introduce direct speech, similar to how quotation marks function in English. It can also act as a relative pronoun meaning 'what' or 'which'.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΔΙΟΤΙ, ΕΠΕΙ, ΓΑΡ
Etymology: The word ΟΤΙ is derived from the neuter accusative singular of the relative pronoun ὅστις (hostis), meaning 'whoever, whatever'. Over time, it evolved to function primarily as a conjunction.
G4000
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Numeral, Adjective
Sounds like: pen-tah-KO-see-oys
Translations: five hundred
Notes: This word is a numeral meaning 'five hundred'. It is used to quantify nouns, indicating a quantity of 500. It functions like an adjective and agrees in gender, number, and case with the noun it modifies.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
G2094
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: EH-teh-see
Translations: to years, in years, years
Notes: This word refers to a period of twelve months, a year. It is used to indicate a duration or a point in time, often in phrases like 'in these years' or 'for many years'.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Neuter
G1181
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Numeral
Sounds like: deh-kah-OK-toh
Translations: eighteen
Notes: This word means the number eighteen. It is used to quantify nouns, indicating a count of eighteen units or individuals. For example, it could be used to say 'eighteen men' or 'eighteen years'.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Etymology: From the Greek words δέκα (deka, 'ten') and ὀκτώ (oktō, 'eight'). It literally means 'ten and eight'.
G4387
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb, Adjective
Sounds like: PRO-teh-ron
Translations: before, formerly, first, earlier, a former thing, a prior thing
Notes: This word functions primarily as an adverb meaning 'before' or 'formerly' in time, indicating something that happened earlier or previously. It can also be the neuter singular form of the comparative adjective 'πρότερος', meaning 'prior' or 'former', often used substantively to refer to 'the former thing' or 'that which was before'. It is used to contrast with something that comes later.
Inflection: Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative (often used adverbially)
Synonyms: ΠΡΙΝ, ΠΑΛΑΙ, ΕΜΠΡΟΣΘΕΝ
Etymology: The word ΠΡΟΤΕΡΟΣ is a comparative form derived from the preposition πρό (pro), meaning 'before' or 'in front of'.
G2478
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: his-TO-ray-kay
Translations: has inquired, has investigated, has learned, has recorded, has written, has narrated
Notes: This word is the third person singular perfect active indicative form of the verb ἱστορέω (historeō). It means to inquire into, investigate, learn by inquiry, or to record and narrate what has been learned. It describes an action that was completed in the past and has ongoing results or relevance in the present, often implying a thorough or firsthand investigation.
Inflection: Perfect, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person Singular
Synonyms: ΓΡΑΦΩ, ΔΙΗΓΕΟΜΑΙ, ΜΑΝΘΑΝΩ
G1096
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ge-NEH-sthai
Translations: to become, to be, to happen, to come to pass, to arise, to be made, to be born
Notes: This word is the aorist middle infinitive form of the verb 'γίνομαι' (ginomai). It signifies the action of coming into being, happening, or being made. It can also mean to be born or to arise. As an infinitive, it often functions like 'to become' or 'to happen' in English, frequently used after verbs that express desire, ability, or necessity.
Inflection: Aorist, Middle, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΕΙΜΙ, ΥΠΑΡΧΩ, ΠΟΙΕΩ
G4166
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: poy-MEH-nohn
Translations: of shepherds
Notes: This word refers to those who tend, feed, or guard flocks of sheep, goats, or other livestock. It can also be used metaphorically to describe a leader or guide of people, such as a pastor or ruler, who cares for and protects their flock.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine
Synonyms: ΒΟΥΚΟΛΩΝ, ΝΟΜΕΩΝ
Etymology: From an assumed root related to 'pasture' or 'feed'.
G1841
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: EX-oh-don
Translations: exit, an exit, departure, a departure, exodus, an exodus, way out, a way out
Notes: This word refers to a going out, a departure, or an exit. It can be used for a physical exit from a place, or metaphorically for a departure from life, such as death. It is a compound word formed from 'ἐκ' (out of) and 'ὁδός' (way, road).
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΑΠΟΔΗΜΙΑ, ΕΚΒΑΣΙΣ, ΑΝΑΧΩΡΗΣΙΣ
Etymology: The word ΕΞΟΔΟΣ is a compound of the preposition 'ἐκ' (ek), meaning 'out of' or 'from', and the noun 'ὁδός' (hodos), meaning 'way' or 'road'. It literally means 'a way out' or 'a going out'.
G1519
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition
Sounds like: EES
Translations: into, to, for, unto, among, in, toward
Notes: This word is a preposition that primarily indicates motion towards or into something. It is always used with the accusative case, showing the destination or goal of an action. It can also express purpose, result, or the object of an action. For example, it is used to say 'go into the city' or 'believe into Christ'.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Etymology: The word ΕἸΣ comes from Proto-Indo-European *en-s, which is a locative adverb meaning 'in, into'. It is related to the English word 'in'.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: teth-MOH-sis
Translations: Tethmosis, Thutmose
Notes: This is a proper noun, referring to a specific individual. Based on the context provided, it appears to be the name of an Egyptian pharaoh, likely one associated with the exodus of people from Egypt. It is the Greek transliteration of the Egyptian name Thutmose.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine
Etymology: The word ΤΕΘΜΩΣΙΣ is a Greek transliteration of the ancient Egyptian royal name Djehutymes, commonly known as Thutmose. It means 'Thoth is born'.
G2258
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: HAYN
Translations: was, he was, she was, it was
Notes: This word is the imperfect indicative form of the verb 'to be' (εἰμί). It describes a continuous or ongoing state or action in the past. It can be translated as 'was', 'he was', 'she was', or 'it was', depending on the subject implied by the context. It is often used to set the scene or describe background information in a narrative.
Inflection: Imperfect Indicative, Active Voice, 3rd Person Singular
G0935
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: bah-see-LEHFS
Translations: king, a king, ruler, sovereign
Notes: This word refers to a king or a ruler, someone who holds supreme authority over a territory or people. It is commonly used to denote a monarch or sovereign. In a sentence, it would function as a noun, often as the subject or object, indicating the person in power.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΑΡΧΩΝ, ΗΓΕΜΩΝ, ΚΥΡΙΟΣ
Etymology: From an uncertain root, possibly related to a word meaning 'base' or 'foundation', suggesting one who stands at the foundation of power or authority. It has been used since ancient Greek times to refer to a monarch.
G3753
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: OH-teh
Translations: when, whenever, at which time
Notes: This word functions as a temporal adverb or conjunction, indicating a point or period in time. It is used to introduce a clause that specifies when an action occurs or occurred, similar to 'when' or 'whenever' in English. It can refer to a specific past event or a general, recurring condition.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΗΝΙΚΑ, ΟΠΟΤΕ
Etymology: From the demonstrative pronoun 'ho' (the) and the particle 'te' (then, at that time). It originally meant 'at that time when'.
G1831
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ex-EHR-kho-mai
Translations: they were going out, they were coming out, they were departing, they went out, they came out, they departed
Notes: This word is the third person plural imperfect indicative form of the verb 'ἐξέρχομαι' (exerchomai), meaning 'to go out,' 'to come out,' or 'to depart.' The imperfect tense indicates an ongoing or repeated action in the past, or an action that was in progress. It describes a movement from an inside location to an outside one, or a departure from a place.
Inflection: Third Person, Plural, Imperfect, Indicative, Middle/Passive (deponent verb)
Synonyms: ΑΠΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΕΚΒΑΙΝΩ
Etymology: The word 'ἐξέρχομαι' (exerchomai) is a compound verb formed from the preposition 'ἐκ' (ek), meaning 'out of' or 'from,' and the verb 'ἔρχομαι' (erchomai), meaning 'to come' or 'to go.'
G0575
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition
Sounds like: AH-po
Translations: from, away from, out of, off, (of), by, since, after
Notes: ἈΠΟ is a common Koine Greek preposition that primarily indicates separation, origin, or source. It is always used with the genitive case. It can mean 'from' or 'away from' a place or person, indicating movement away. It can also denote the cause or agent ('by'), or a temporal starting point ('since', 'after').
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ἘΚ, ΠΑΡΑ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European. It is cognate with English 'off' and 'of'.
G3342
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition, Adverb
Sounds like: meh-TAHK-soo
Translations: between, among, while, meanwhile
Notes: This word functions as a preposition or an adverb. As a preposition, it means 'between' or 'among', indicating a position or relationship between two or more things or people. It can also be used adverbially to mean 'in the meantime' or 'while'. For example, it can describe something located spatially between two points, or an event occurring temporally between two other events.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΕΝ ΜΕΣΩ, ΜΕΣΟΣ
Etymology: The word ΜΕΤΑΞΥ is of uncertain origin, possibly related to μέσος (mesos, 'middle') or a compound involving μετά (meta, 'with, among').
G2596
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Prefix, Preposition
Sounds like: KAT
Translations: down, against, according to, throughout, during
Notes: This is an elided form of the Greek preposition 'κατά' (kata), which means 'down', 'against', 'according to', 'throughout', or 'during'. It is frequently used as a prefix in compound verbs and nouns, indicating a downward motion, completion, intensity, or opposition. For example, in 'κατέβη' (katebē), it means 'went down', and in 'καταπιεῖν' (katapiein), it means 'to swallow down'. The final alpha (α) is often dropped when the next word or part of the compound begins with a vowel, or when it's followed by certain consonants.
Inflection: Does not inflect (as a prefix); functions as a preposition that takes the genitive or accusative case.
Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣ, ΕΙΣ, ΕΠΙ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *kmt- 'down, with, against'. It is a common Greek preposition that has been used since ancient times.
G0846
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun
Sounds like: ow-TON
Translations: him, it, himself, itself
Notes: This word is a third-person pronoun, typically meaning 'him' or 'it' when used as a personal pronoun. It can also be used intensively to mean 'himself' or 'itself', emphasizing the subject or object. It refers to a previously mentioned male person or a neuter object.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine or Neuter
G2076
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ES-tee
Translations: is, he is, she is, it is, there is
Notes: This word is the third person singular present indicative form of the verb 'to be'. It is used to express existence, identity, or a state of being. For example, it can mean 'he is', 'she is', 'it is', or simply 'is' in a sentence.
Inflection: Third person, Singular, Present, Indicative, Active
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European. It is cognate with the English word 'is' and Latin 'est'.
G5146
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Numeral
Sounds like: tree-ah-KO-see-ah
Translations: three hundred
Notes: This word refers to the number three hundred. It is used to quantify nouns, indicating a quantity of 300 units. For example, it could describe 'three hundred men' or 'three hundred days'.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
Etymology: From Ancient Greek τριακόσιοι (triakósioi), meaning 'three hundred'. It is a compound of τρία (tría, 'three') and -κόσιοι (-kósioi, 'hundred').
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Numeral
Sounds like: eh-neh-nee-KON-tah-tree-ah
Translations: ninety-three
Notes: This is a compound numeral meaning 'ninety-three'. It is formed from 'ἐνενήκοντα' (ninety) and 'τρία' (three). It is used to express the quantity of 93.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Etymology: This word is a compound of two Greek words: 'ἐνενήκοντα' (enenēkonta), meaning 'ninety', and 'τρία' (tria), meaning 'three'. 'Ενενήκοντα' itself derives from 'ἐννέα' (ennea), meaning 'nine'.
G1417
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Numeral
Sounds like: DEE-oh
Translations: two
Notes: This word is a cardinal numeral meaning 'two'. It is used to indicate a quantity of two of something. It is indeclinable, meaning its form does not change regardless of gender, case, or number.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European. It is cognate with English 'two'.
G0080
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ah-del-FOHN
Translations: (of) brothers, (of) brethren, (of) fellow believers
Notes: This word refers to brothers, or more broadly, to fellow members of a community, especially in a religious or spiritual sense, like fellow believers or brethren. It is used here in the genitive plural case, indicating possession or relationship, often translated with 'of'.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine
Synonyms: ἈΔΕΛΦΟΙ, ἈΔΕΛΦΟΥΣ
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: SEH-thoh
Translations: Sethos
Notes: This is a proper noun, the name of an Egyptian pharaoh, also known as Ramesses. It is used to refer to this specific historical figure in ancient texts.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative
G2060
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: her-MAI-oo
Translations: of Hermas
Notes: This is the genitive singular form of the proper noun 'Hermas'. Hermas was a common name in antiquity, and this form indicates possession or origin, meaning 'belonging to Hermas' or 'of Hermas'. It would be used in a sentence to show that something is associated with or comes from a person named Hermas.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine
G5607
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle, Verb
Sounds like: OHN
Translations: being, who is, which is, he who is, they who are
Notes: This word is the present active participle of the verb 'to be'. It describes a state of being or existence, often functioning like an adjective or a noun. It can be translated as 'being' or 'who is/are' depending on the context, referring to someone or something that is in a particular state or performing an action of being.
Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: SEH-thohn
Translations: Sethon
Notes: This is a proper noun, likely referring to a person's name, possibly a king or a significant figure in ancient history, particularly in an Egyptian context. It does not inflect.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Etymology: The etymology of 'Sethon' is not definitively established in a Greek context, but it is likely a transliteration of an Egyptian name, possibly related to the god Set or a pharaoh's name.
G2061
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: er-MAI-on
Translations: a godsend, a stroke of luck, a windfall, a piece of good fortune
Notes: This word refers to an unexpected piece of good fortune or a lucky find, often seen as a gift from the gods, particularly Hermes (hence the name). It describes something that comes as a great benefit or advantage, especially when it was not anticipated. It is typically used in a context where something turns out favorably by chance.
Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
Synonyms: ΕΥΤΥΧΙΑ, ΤΥΧΗ, ΟΝΕΙΡΟΝ
Etymology: Derived from the Greek god Hermes (Ἑρμῆς), who was associated with luck, unexpected finds, and sudden gains. The term originally referred to a lucky find, like a treasure, believed to be a gift from Hermes.
G1159
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: DAH-nah-on
Translations: Danaan, a Danaan, Greek, a Greek
Notes: This word refers to the Danaans, an ancient Greek tribe. In a broader sense, it is often used poetically or generally to refer to all Greeks. It can function as an adjective meaning 'Danaan' or 'Greek', or as a noun referring to a person from this tribe or a Greek in general.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine or Neuter; or Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΕΛΛΗΝ, ΑΧΑΙΟΣ
Etymology: The word 'Δαναός' (Danaos) refers to the mythical king Danaus, from whom the Danaans are said to have descended. It is an ancient ethnonym used to describe one of the principal tribes of ancient Greece.
G3344
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: meh-toh-noh-MAS-thay-nai
Translations: to be renamed, to be called by another name
Notes: This word is a passive infinitive verb, meaning 'to be renamed' or 'to be called by another name'. It describes the action of someone or something being given a new name or title. It is used to express the purpose or result of an action, often following verbs like 'it happened' or 'it was decided'.
Inflection: Aorist, Passive, Infinitive
Etymology: From Ancient Greek μετά (metá, “change”) and ὀνομάζω (onomázō, “to name”).
G5346
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: PHAY-sin
Translations: he says, she says, it says, he said, she said, it said
Notes: This word is a common verb meaning 'to say' or 'to speak'. It is used to report what someone else has said or to introduce a direct quote. It can be translated as 'he says', 'she says', or 'it says', and often implies 'he/she/it said' in narrative contexts.
Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Present, Indicative, Active
Synonyms: ΛΕΓΩ, ΕΡΩ
Etymology: The word ΦΗΜΙ (phēmi) comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to speak' or 'to show'. It is related to words in other Indo-European languages that convey the idea of speaking or declaring.
G1510
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: ON
Translations: being, existing, a being, that which is
Notes: This word is a present active participle, meaning 'being' or 'existing'. It describes something that is in a state of being or existence. As a neuter singular form, it often refers to 'that which is' or 'a being', and can function as a noun.
Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
Synonyms: ΥΠΑΡΧΟΝ, ΓΙΝΟΜΕΝΟΝ
G1544
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: ek-bal-OHN
Translations: casting out, throwing out, driving out, sending out, bringing out, putting out, expelling, removing, divorcing
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'ekballō', meaning to cast out, throw out, or drive out. It describes an action of forceful removal or expulsion. It can be used in various contexts, such as casting out demons, throwing out objects, driving people away, or even divorcing a spouse. It implies a decisive and often forceful action.
Inflection: Aorist Active Participle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative
Synonyms: ΕΞΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΑΠΟΛΥΩ, ΕΞΩΘΕΩ
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: SEH-thohs
Translations: Sethos, Seti
Notes: This is a proper noun, referring to an Egyptian pharaoh. It is often identified with Seti I or Ramesses I, or a legendary figure in ancient Greek historical accounts of Egypt. It is used as a personal name.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative
Etymology: This name is a Greek transliteration of an Egyptian royal name, likely derived from the name of the Egyptian god Set.
G0936
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: eh-bah-see-LEH-oo-sen
Translations: he reigned, he ruled, he became king
Notes: This word describes the action of reigning, ruling, or becoming a king. It is commonly used in historical or narrative contexts to indicate that a person took on or exercised royal authority over a territory or people.
Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Active, 3rd Person Singular
Synonyms: ΑΡΧΩ, ΚΥΡΙΕΥΩ
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Numeral
Sounds like: N-TH
Translations: fifty-nine
Notes: This is a numeral, representing the number 59. In Koine Greek, letters of the alphabet were used to represent numbers, with a keraia (΄) indicating their numerical value. The letter Nu (Ν) represents 50, and Theta (Θ) represents 9, combining to form 59.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Etymology: The Greek numeral system uses letters of the alphabet, derived from the Phoenician alphabet, to represent numerical values. This system was in use from the 4th century BC.
G3326
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition, Adverb
Sounds like: MEH-tah
Translations: with, after, among, behind, by, in company with, in pursuit of, according to
Notes: This word is a preposition that can also function as an adverb. Its meaning varies depending on the case of the noun it governs. When used with the genitive case, it typically means 'with' or 'in company with'. When used with the accusative case, it usually means 'after' or 'behind' (indicating sequence or pursuit). It can also denote a change of state or position.
Inflection: Does not inflect (as a preposition, it governs cases)
Synonyms: ΣΥΝ, ΕΠΙ, ΠΡΟΣ
Etymology: The word 'μετά' (meta) comes from Proto-Indo-European *met- 'in the middle, among, with'. It is related to English 'mid' and 'middle'.
G4245
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun
Sounds like: pres-BYOO-teh-ros
Translations: older, elder, an elder, old man, an old man
Notes: This word describes someone who is older in age or more advanced in years. It can be used as an adjective to describe an older person, or as a noun referring to an 'elder' or 'old man'. In a religious context, particularly in early Christianity, it refers to a leader or official in the church, often translated as 'elder' or 'presbyter'.
Inflection: Masculine, Nominative, Singular
Synonyms: ΓΕΡΩΝ, ΠΡΕΣΒΥΣ
Etymology: From the comparative form of the adjective πρέσβυς (presbys), meaning 'old' or 'elderly'. It literally means 'older'.
G5207
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: hoo-ee-OHN
Translations: of sons, of children, of descendants
Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of 'ΥΙΟΣ' (huios), meaning 'son' or 'child'. It is used to indicate possession, origin, or relationship, often translated as 'of sons' or 'of children'. In a broader sense, it can also refer to descendants or followers, indicating a close association or lineage.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine
Synonyms: ΤΕΚΝΩΝ, ΠΑΙΔΩΝ
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: ram-PSES
Translations: Ramesses, Rameses
Notes: This is a proper noun referring to the name of several ancient Egyptian pharaohs, most notably Ramesses II, also known as Ramesses the Great. It is used to identify a specific historical figure.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine
Etymology: The name 'Ramesses' is of Egyptian origin, meaning 'Ra is the one who bore him' or 'born of Ra'. It was a common royal name during the New Kingdom period of ancient Egypt.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Numeral
Sounds like: KSEE-stee
Translations: sixty-six
Notes: This is a numeral representing the number 66. In Koine Greek, letters were often used to represent numbers, with a special mark called a keraia (΄) indicating their numerical value. Ξ (Xi) represents 60, and Ϛ (Stigma) represents 6, combining to form 66.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Etymology: The use of Greek letters as numerals, known as the Milesian system, developed in ancient Greece. Ξ (Xi) is the 14th letter of the Greek alphabet, and Ϛ (Stigma) is an archaic letter that was used for the number 6.
G5118
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: toh-SOO-toys
Translations: so many, so great, so much, such
Notes: This word is an adjective that indicates quantity or magnitude, meaning 'so many', 'so great', or 'so much'. It is used to describe nouns, emphasizing their number or size. For example, it could be used in a sentence like 'He had so many friends' or 'They faced such great challenges'.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
Synonyms: ΤΟΣΟΙ, ΤΗΛΙΚΟΥΤΟΣ
Etymology: The word ΤΟΣΟΥΤΟΣ is a compound of the demonstrative pronoun ΤΟΣΟΣ (meaning 'so much' or 'so many') and the suffix -ΟΥΤΟΣ, which is a strengthened form of the demonstrative pronoun ΟΥΤΟΣ ('this'). It emphasizes the degree or extent of something.
G3767
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Particle, Conjunction, Adverb
Sounds like: OON
Translations: therefore, then, so, consequently, accordingly, now, indeed
Notes: This word is a particle used to indicate a logical consequence, transition, or emphasis. It often connects a statement to what precedes it, meaning 'therefore' or 'consequently'. It can also be used to introduce a new point or a summary, translated as 'then' or 'now'. In some contexts, it adds emphasis, meaning 'indeed' or 'certainly'.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ἈΡΑ, ΔΕ, ΤΟΙΓΑΡΟΥ͂Ν
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *nu, meaning 'now' or 'then'. It is related to Latin 'nunc' (now) and English 'now'.
G2094
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: EH-teh-sin
Translations: (to) years, (in) years
Notes: This word refers to a period of twelve months, commonly known as a year. It is used here in the dative plural, indicating a relationship of 'to' or 'in' with respect to years, often denoting a time frame or duration.
Inflection: Dative, Plural, Neuter
Etymology: The word ἔτος (etos) comes from Proto-Indo-European. It is related to words in other Indo-European languages that also refer to a year or a period of time.
G0565
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ap-EL-thayn
Translations: to go away, to depart, to leave, to go back
Notes: This word is the aorist active infinitive form of the verb ἀπέρχομαι (aperchomai), meaning 'to go away' or 'to depart'. It is used to express the action of leaving a place or person, or going back to a previous location. It can be used in various contexts to indicate movement away from something.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΑΝΑΧΩΡΕΩ, ΕΞΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΥΠΑΓΩ
G1537
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition
Sounds like: ex
Translations: out of, from, of, by, with
Notes: ἘΞ is a preposition that signifies origin, separation, or source. It always governs the genitive case. It can denote movement 'out of' a place, 'from' a point in time or a source, 'of' a material or composition, or 'by' an agent. It often implies a complete separation or a clear point of departure.
Inflection: Does not inflect; always takes the genitive case.
Synonyms: ΑΠΟ, ΕΚ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European. It is cognate with Latin ex and English out.
G3962
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: pa-TEH-ras
Translations: father, a father, ancestor, parent
Notes: This word refers to a male parent, an ancestor, or a founder. It is commonly used to denote a biological father, but can also refer to a progenitor of a family, nation, or spiritual lineage. In a broader sense, it can mean an elder or a respected figure.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΓΕΝΝΗΤΩΡ, ΠΡΟΓΟΝΟΣ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'father'. It is cognate with Latin 'pater' and English 'father'.
G2249
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun
Sounds like: hay-MOHN
Translations: of us, our
Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of the first-person personal pronoun, meaning 'of us' or 'our'. It indicates possession or origin related to a group of speakers. For example, it might be used in phrases like 'the house of us' or 'our house'.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, First Person
G3670
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: oh-moh-loh-gee-KOS
Translations: having confessed, having acknowledged, having agreed, one who has confessed, one who has acknowledged, one who has agreed
Notes: This word is a perfect active participle derived from the verb 'ΟΜΟΛΟΓΕΩ', meaning 'to confess' or 'to acknowledge'. As a perfect active participle, it describes an action that has been completed by the subject, often translated as 'having confessed' or 'one who has confessed'. It functions adjectivally, modifying a noun or pronoun, or adverbially, indicating the circumstances of the main verb.
Inflection: Perfect Active Participle, Masculine, Nominative, Singular
Synonyms: ΟΜΟΛΟΓΩΝ, ΟΜΟΛΟΓΗΣΑΣ
G1899
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: EYE-tah
Translations: then, next, afterward, moreover, besides, also
Notes: This word is an adverb used to indicate sequence in time or logic. It can mean 'then' or 'next' when referring to a subsequent event or action. It can also be used to introduce an additional point, meaning 'furthermore' or 'besides'.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ἘΠΕΙΤΑ, ἘΠΕΙ
Etymology: From the Koine Greek word ἘΠΕΙ (epei), meaning 'when, since'.
G1532
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb, Participle
Sounds like: ice-poy-EE-sas
Translations: having adopted, having made into, having brought in, having introduced
Notes: This word is an aorist active participle, meaning 'having adopted' or 'having made into'. It describes an action completed in the past by the subject of the main verb, and it functions adjectivally, modifying a noun or pronoun. It implies bringing someone or something into a new status or relationship, often with the sense of adoption or incorporation.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative
Synonyms: ΥΙΟΘΕΤΕΩ, ΕΙΣΑΓΩ, ΕΙΣΦΕΡΩ
Etymology: The word ΕΙΣΠΟΙΕΩ is a compound word formed from the preposition ΕΙΣ (eis), meaning 'into' or 'to', and the verb ΠΟΙΕΩ (poieō), meaning 'to make' or 'to do'. Together, they convey the sense of 'making into' or 'bringing into'.
G1705
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: em-BO-lee-mon
Translations: inserted, intercalary, interpolated, introduced
Notes: This word describes something that is inserted or placed in between other things, often in a way that is not original or is an addition. It can refer to something interpolated into a text or an intercalary day or month added to a calendar.
Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
G3778
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Demonstrative Pronoun, Demonstrative Adjective
Sounds like: TOO-ton
Translations: this, this one, him, it
Notes: This word is a demonstrative pronoun or adjective, used to point out something specific that is near in proximity, time, or thought, or something that has just been mentioned. As a pronoun, it can stand in for a noun, meaning 'this one' or 'him/it'. As an adjective, it modifies a noun, meaning 'this' (e.g., 'this house'). In this form, it is masculine singular and in the accusative case, meaning it functions as the direct object of a verb or the object of certain prepositions.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΟΔΕ, ΕΚΕΙΝΟΝ
G1937
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ep-ee-thoo-MAY-sai
Translations: to desire, to long for, to covet, to lust after
Notes: This word describes a strong desire or longing for something, often with an implication of eagerness or intensity. It can be used in both positive and negative contexts, meaning to genuinely desire something good, or to covet something belonging to another, or even to lust after something forbidden. It is used to express a deep yearning or strong inclination towards an object or action.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ἘΠΙΠΟΘΕΩ, ὈΡΕΓΟΜΑΙ, ΒΟΥΛΟΜΑΙ
G2316
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: thay-OHN
Translations: of God, of gods
Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of the noun 'ΘΕΟΣ' (theos), meaning 'God' or 'a god'. It is used to indicate possession or origin, often translated as 'of God' or 'of the gods', depending on the context. For example, it might be used in phrases like 'the temple of the gods' or 'the will of God'.
Inflection: Genitive, Plural, Masculine
Synonyms: ΚΥΡΙΟΣ, ΔΑΙΜΩΝ
G2302
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: theh-AH-teen
Translations: spectator, a spectator, beholder, a beholder
Notes: This word refers to someone who watches or observes, a spectator or beholder. It is used to describe a person who is present at a public spectacle, a show, or an event, simply as an observer.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΘΕΩΡΟΣ, ΕΠΟΠΤΗΣ
G5618
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb, Conjunction
Sounds like: OH-sper
Translations: just as, as, even as, like, in the same way as
Notes: This word functions as a comparative adverb or conjunction, meaning 'just as' or 'even as'. It is used to introduce a clause that draws a comparison or analogy, indicating that something is happening or is true in the same manner or degree as something else. It emphasizes the similarity between two things or actions.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΚΑΘΩΣ, ΩΣ, ΚΑΘΑΠΕΡ
Etymology: From the adverb ὡς (hōs, "as") and the particle περ (per, "indeed, very"), emphasizing the comparison.
G5610
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: OH-rah
Translations: hour, time, a time, season, a season, moment, a moment
Notes: This word refers to a specific point in time, an hour, or a particular season. It can also denote a moment or a period of time. It is used to specify when something occurs or to refer to a particular occasion.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΚΑΙΡΟΣ, ΧΡΟΝΟΣ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European. It refers to a limited period of time, a season, or a specific hour.
G1519, G1520
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition, Numeral
Sounds like: EES
Translations: into, to, for, toward, among, in, a, an, one
Notes: As a preposition, ΕΙΣ (eis) indicates motion or direction towards a place, person, or purpose, often translated as 'into,' 'to,' or 'for.' It always takes the accusative case. For example, 'into the house' or 'to God.' It can also be used to express purpose or result. As a numeral, ΕΙΣ (heis) means 'one' and is the masculine nominative singular form, often translated as 'a,' 'an,' or 'one.'
Inflection: Preposition: Does not inflect. Numeral: Masculine, Nominative, Singular (other forms exist for other genders and cases).
Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣ, ΕΝ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *en-s, an extended form of the preposition *en (in).
G4253
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition
Sounds like: PRO
Translations: before, in front of, for, on behalf of, in the presence of, prior to, instead of
Notes: This word is a preposition that typically takes the genitive case. It can indicate a spatial relationship, meaning 'before' or 'in front of' something or someone. It can also denote a temporal relationship, meaning 'before' in time, or a causal relationship, meaning 'for' or 'on behalf of' someone or something. In some contexts, it can also mean 'instead of' or 'in the presence of'.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΕΜΠΡΟΣΘΕΝ, ΑΝΤΙ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'before, in front of'. It is cognate with English 'for' and Latin 'pro'.
G0936
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: beh-bah-see-le-KO-tohn
Translations: of those who have reigned, of those who have been king, of those who have ruled
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'basileuō', meaning 'to reign' or 'to be king'. As a perfect active participle in the genitive plural, it refers to 'those who have reigned' or 'those who have been king'. It is used to describe a group of people who have completed the action of reigning or ruling, often indicating a past state or condition that has continuing relevance.
Inflection: Perfect, Active, Participle, Genitive, Plural, Masculine or Neuter
Synonyms: ΑΡΧΟΝΤΩΝ, ΚΥΡΙΕΥΟΝΤΩΝ
Etymology: The word βασιλεύω (basileuō) is derived from the noun βασιλεύς (basileus), meaning 'king'. It signifies the act of being a king or exercising royal authority.
G0399
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ah-neh-nen-GEH-keen
Translations: to offer up, to bring up, to carry up, to bear up
Notes: This word is an infinitive verb meaning 'to offer up' or 'to bring up'. It is often used in the context of offering sacrifices to God or bringing something to a higher place. It can also mean to refer or attribute something to someone.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣΦΕΡΩ, ΑΝΑΒΑΙΝΩ
G1939
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: eh-pee-thoo-MEE-ahn
Translations: desire, a desire, lust, a lust, longing, a longing, craving, a craving
Notes: This word refers to a strong desire, longing, or craving. It can be used in both a positive sense (a good desire) and a negative sense (a sinful lust or covetousness), depending on the context. It describes an intense inclination or passion towards something.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΟΡΕΞΙΣ, ΒΟΥΛΗ, ΘΕΛΗΜΑ
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: oh-moh-NY-moh
Translations: homonymously, with the same name, by the same name
Notes: This word is an adverb derived from the adjective 'homonymous'. It describes an action or state where something is named or referred to by the same name as something else. It indicates a shared name or designation.
Inflection: Does not inflect
G0846
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun
Sounds like: ow-TOH
Translations: (to) him, (to) her, (to) it, (to) himself, (to) herself, (to) itself
Notes: This word is the dative singular form of the pronoun 'ΑΥ̓ΤΟΣ'. It functions as a personal pronoun meaning 'him', 'her', or 'it' when used as an indirect object, often translated with 'to' or 'for'. It can also function as an intensive pronoun meaning 'himself', 'herself', or 'itself', emphasizing the subject. In some contexts, especially with the definite article, it can act as a demonstrative pronoun meaning 'the same'. Its usage depends heavily on the surrounding context.
Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine or Feminine or Neuter
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: ah-meh-NOH-fay
Translations: Amenophis, Amenhotep
Notes: This is a proper noun, specifically a masculine name. It refers to Amenophis, a common Greek transliteration of the Egyptian name Amenhotep, which was borne by several pharaohs of ancient Egypt. In Koine Greek texts, it would be used to refer to this historical figure.
Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine
Etymology: The name Ἀμενώφις (Amenophis) is a Greek transliteration of the ancient Egyptian name Amenhotep, meaning "Amun is satisfied."
G3962
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: PAH-tros
Translations: of a father, of the father, of a parent, of the parent, of God, of the Lord
Notes: This word refers to a father or parent. It is used to indicate possession or origin, often translated as 'of a father' or 'of the father'. In a theological context, it can refer to God as the Father.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine
Synonyms: ΓΕΝΝΗΤΩΡ, ΠΡΟΓΟΝΟΣ
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: PAH-pee-os
Translations: Papias
Notes: This is a proper noun, a masculine name. It refers to an individual named Papias. This name is not found in the biblical Koine Greek texts but appears in other ancient Greek writings.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine
Etymology: The name Papias is of Greek origin, derived from the word 'πάπας' (papas), meaning 'father' or 'pope'. It was a common personal name in antiquity.
G5607
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: ON-tee
Translations: to being, to one who is, to one being, being
Notes: This word is the dative singular form of the present active participle of the verb 'to be'. It describes someone or something that is in a state of being or existence, often translated as 'being' or 'to one who is'. It functions to provide additional information about a noun or pronoun, indicating a concurrent state or action.
Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Dative, Singular, Masculine or Neuter
G2304
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: THEY-ahs
Translations: of divine, of a divine, of the divine
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'divine' or 'godlike'. It is used to describe something that pertains to God or a god, or that possesses qualities associated with divinity. It can refer to divine power, nature, or origin. In this form, it is used to modify a feminine singular noun in the genitive case, indicating possession or origin.
Inflection: Genitive, Singular, Feminine
Synonyms: ΘΕΟΠΡΕΠΗΣ, ΘΕΟΦΙΛΗΣ
Etymology: The word ΘΕΙΟΣ (theios) comes from ΘΕΟΣ (theos), meaning 'God'. It refers to that which belongs to or is characteristic of God.
G1380
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: doh-KOON-tee
Translations: (to) seeming, (to) appearing, (to) thinking, (to) supposing
Notes: This word is a present active participle derived from the verb 'δοκέω' (dokeō), meaning 'to seem, to appear, to think, or to suppose'. It describes something or someone that is currently seeming or appearing in a certain way, or someone who is currently thinking or supposing something. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, modifying a noun or verb and indicating an ongoing action or state.
Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Dative, Singular, Masculine, Feminine or Neuter
Synonyms: ΦΑΙΝΟΜΕΝΩ, ΗΓΟΥΜΕΝΩ
G3348
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: meh-tes-KAY-keh-nai
Translations: to have shared in, to have partaken of, to have participated in
Notes: This word is the perfect active infinitive form of the verb 'μετέχω' (metechō), meaning 'to share in' or 'to partake of'. As an infinitive, it functions like a verbal noun, often used after verbs that express desire, ability, or necessity, indicating the action of having shared or participated in something. It implies a completed action with ongoing results.
Inflection: Perfect, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΚΟΙΝΩΝΕΩ, ΜΕΤΕΧΩ, ΜΕΤΑΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ
G5449
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: FYOO-seh-ohss
Translations: of nature, of birth, of origin, of kind, of character
Notes: This word refers to the inherent character, constitution, or essential quality of something or someone. It can also denote the process of birth or origin, or a specific kind or species. In the provided examples, it consistently refers to 'nature' in various contexts, such as the nature of an animal or the graces of nature.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine
Synonyms: ΓΕΝΕΣΙΣ, ΟΥΣΙΑ, ΕΙΔΟΣ
G2596
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition
Sounds like: KAH-tah
Translations: down, according to, against, throughout, by, during, concerning, along
Notes: ΚΑΤΑ is a versatile preposition in Koine Greek. Its meaning varies significantly depending on the case of the noun it governs. When used with the genitive case, it often indicates movement 'down from,' opposition 'against,' or reference 'concerning' something. When used with the accusative case, it typically means 'down along,' 'according to,' 'throughout,' 'during,' or 'by' means of something. It can express direction, distribution, opposition, or a standard.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣ, ΑΝΤΙ, ΔΙΑ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *kmtá, meaning 'down, with'. It is related to other prepositions and adverbs in various Indo-European languages.
G5037
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Conjunction, Particle
Sounds like: TEH
Translations: and, both, also, even, then, so, indeed
Notes: This word is a postpositive particle, meaning it typically appears after the word it modifies or connects. It functions as a conjunction, often translated as 'and' or 'both...and', connecting words, phrases, or clauses. It can also add emphasis or indicate a consequence, sometimes translated as 'also' or 'even'. When used in pairs (τε...τε or τε...καί), it means 'both...and'. It is less emphatic than 'καί' (kai) and often implies a closer connection or a more natural pairing between the elements it joins.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΚΑΙ, ΔΕ, ΑΛΛΑ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *kʷe, a clitic particle meaning 'and'. It is cognate with Latin -que and Sanskrit ca.
G4678
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: so-fee-AN
Translations: wisdom, a wisdom
Notes: This word refers to wisdom, skill, or knowledge. It is often used in a broad sense to denote practical insight, intellectual understanding, or divine wisdom. It functions as a direct object in a sentence when in the accusative case.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΓΝΩΣΙΣ, ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΗ
G4268
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: prohg-NOH-sin
Translations: foreknowledge, a foreknowledge, prescience
Notes: This word refers to the act or faculty of knowing something beforehand, or having prior knowledge of an event or outcome. It is often used in a theological context to describe God's prior knowledge of events or individuals. It is a compound word formed from 'πρό' (pro), meaning 'before', and 'γνῶσις' (gnosis), meaning 'knowledge'.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΠΡΟΓΝΩΣΙΣ, ΠΡΟΟΡΑΣΙΣ, ΠΡΟΓΝΩΜΗ
G1510
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: eh-SOH-meh-nohn
Translations: of those who will be, of things to come, of future things
Notes: This word is the genitive plural future participle of the verb 'to be' (εἰμί). It refers to things or people that will exist or happen in the future. It is often used substantively, meaning it functions like a noun, referring to 'those who will be' or 'the things that will come to pass'. For example, it can be used to speak of future events or future generations.
Inflection: Genitive, Plural, Future, Participle, Masculine, Feminine, Neuter
G2036
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ay-PINE
Translations: to say, to speak, to tell
Notes: This word is an aorist infinitive verb meaning 'to say', 'to speak', or 'to tell'. It is used to express the action of speaking or communicating something, often in a general sense without specifying the subject or object of the action. It can be used in various constructions, such as after verbs of commanding or desiring, or to express purpose.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΛΕΓΕΙΝ, ΛΑΛΕΙΝ, ΦΑΝΑΙ
Etymology: ΕἸΠΕΙΝ is the aorist infinitive of the verb ΕἸΠΩ, which is a suppletive aorist form used with the present tense verbs ΛΕΓΩ and ΦΗΜΙ. Its origin traces back to Proto-Indo-European roots related to speaking or declaring.
G3674
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: ho-MOH-noo-mon
Translations: homonymous, having the same name, a homonym
Notes: This word describes something that shares the same name as something else. It is used to indicate that two or more entities bear the identical name, often leading to potential confusion or requiring clarification. For example, a tower might be called 'homonymous' if it shares its name with a person.
Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
Etymology: From the Greek prefix ὁμο- (homo-), meaning 'same', and ὄνυμα (onyma), an Aeolic form of ὄνομα (onoma), meaning 'name'. Thus, it literally means 'having the same name'.
G1410
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: doo-NEE-seh-tai
Translations: will be able, will be powerful, will be capable
Notes: This word is a verb indicating future ability or capability. It means 'will be able' or 'will have the power to do something'. It is often used to express potential or possibility in the future, such as 'he will be able to speak' or 'it will be able to be adorned'.
Inflection: Third Person Singular, Future Indicative, Middle Voice
Synonyms: ΙΣΧΥΩ, ΕΞΕΣΤΙΝ
G2316
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: theh-OOS
Translations: gods
Notes: This word refers to gods or deities. It is the plural form of 'god' and is used when referring to multiple divine beings. In a sentence, it would function as the direct object of a verb or the object of a preposition, indicating the recipients of an action.
Inflection: Accusative, Plural, Masculine
Synonyms: ΔΑΙΜΟΝΕΣ, ΚΥΡΙΟΙ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *dʰes-, meaning 'sacred, holy'. It is related to words for divine beings or sacred concepts in other Indo-European languages.
G3708
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ee-DEIN
Translations: to see, to perceive, to behold, to look, to know, to understand
Notes: This word is the aorist active infinitive form of the verb 'ὁράω' (horao), meaning 'to see'. It is used to express the action of seeing or perceiving in a general sense, often without a specific time frame. It can also imply understanding or knowing something through observation. For example, it might be used in a sentence like 'He desired to see the truth' or 'It is good to see the light'.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΒΛΕΠΩ, ΘΕΩΡΕΩ, ΕΠΙΒΛΕΠΩ
Etymology: The verb 'ὁράω' (horao) comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to see'. The aorist stem 'ἰδ-' (id-) is derived from a different, but related, Proto-Indo-European root, which also means 'to see' or 'to know'.
G1519, G1487, G1488
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition, Conjunction, Verb
Sounds like: E
Translations: into, to, for, unto, in, if, you are
Notes: This word is an elided form, indicated by the coronis (the apostrophe-like mark) at the end. It most commonly represents the preposition 'εἰς' (eis), meaning 'into, to, for', especially when followed by a vowel. It can also represent the conjunction 'εἰ' (ei), meaning 'if', or the verb 'εἶ' (ei), meaning 'you are'. In the provided examples, it functions as the preposition 'into' or 'to', indicating motion towards a place or object. It is used with the accusative case.
Inflection: Does not inflect (as an elided form); the original words it represents have their own inflections (e.g., 'εἰς' is a preposition and does not inflect; 'εἰ' is a conjunction and does not inflect; 'εἶ' is a verb, 2nd Person Singular, Present, Indicative, Active).
G2513
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: ka-tha-RAN
Translations: clean, pure, clear, a clean, a pure, a clear
Notes: This word describes something as clean, pure, or clear. It is used to refer to things that are free from dirt, defilement, or moral impurity. It can be used to describe physical objects, people, or even abstract concepts like a heart or conscience. In a sentence, it would modify a noun, indicating its quality of being clean or pure.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΑΓΝΟΣ, ΑΜΙΑΝΤΟΣ
G3392
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun
Sounds like: mee-ah-RON
Translations: of defiled, of unclean, of polluted, of abominable, of foul, of defiled ones, of unclean things
Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of the adjective or noun 'μιαρός' (miaros), meaning 'defiled,' 'unclean,' or 'polluted.' It describes something or someone that is ritually or morally impure, abominable, or foul. In a sentence, it would typically indicate possession or origin, such as 'the expulsion of the defiled ones' or 'from unclean things.'
Inflection: Genitive, Plural, Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter
Synonyms: ΑΚΑΘΑΡΤΟΣ, ΑΚΑΘΑΡΤΟΣ, ΒΔΕΛΥΚΤΟΣ
G0444
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ahn-throh-POHN
Translations: (of) men, (of) people, (of) humankind
Notes: ἈΝΘΡΩΠΩΝ is the genitive plural form of the noun ΑΝΘΡΩΠΟΣ, which means 'man', 'human being', or 'person'. This form is used to indicate possession, origin, or relationship, translating to 'of men' or 'of people'. It refers to human beings in general, often distinguishing them from God or other creatures.
Inflection: Genitive, Plural, Masculine
Synonyms: ΒΡΟΤΟΣ, ΛΑΟΣ
Etymology: From Ancient Greek, likely a compound of ἀνήρ (anēr, 'man') and ὤψ (ōps, 'face, eye'), possibly meaning 'one who looks up' or 'one with a human face'.
G5561
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: KHO-ran
Translations: country, a country, land, a land, region, a region, field, a field
Notes: This word refers to a country, land, region, or territory. It can also denote a specific field or piece of ground. It is used to describe a geographical area or a specific plot of land.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΓΗ, ΤΟΠΟΣ, ΑΓΡΟΣ
G3956
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: ah-PAH-sahn
Translations: all, every, whole
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'all', 'every', or 'whole'. It is used to describe a noun, indicating that the entire quantity or extent of something is being referred to. For example, it can be used in phrases like 'all the people' or 'the whole city'.
Inflection: Accusative, Singular, Feminine
Synonyms: ΟΛΟΣ, ΣΥΜΠΑΣ
G4160
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: poy-ee-SAY-ee-en
Translations: he might do, he might make, he might produce, he might create, he might perform
Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to do,' 'to make,' 'to produce,' or 'to create.' It is used to describe actions, the creation of something, or the performance of a task. It can also refer to bringing something into existence or causing something to happen. The specific nuance often depends on the context.
Inflection: Third Person Singular, Aorist, Optative, Active
Synonyms: ΠΡΑΤΤΩ, ΕΡΓΑΖΟΜΑΙ, ΤΙΘΗΜΙ
Etymology: The word 'ποιέω' (poieō) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to make' or 'to do.' It is a fundamental verb in Greek, indicating action or creation.
G2480
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb, Participle
Sounds like: ees-THEN-tah
Translations: having been strengthened, having become strong, having prevailed, having been able
Notes: This word is an aorist participle derived from the verb 'ἰσχύω' (ischyō), meaning 'to be strong' or 'to be able'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action that has been completed in the past. It indicates that the subject has gained strength, become powerful, or succeeded in something.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine, Aorist, Active, Participle
Synonyms: ΔΥΝΑΜΕΝΟΝ, ΚΡΑΤΟΥΝΤΑ
G3956
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: PAN-tas
Translations: all, every, everyone, the whole
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'all' or 'every'. It is used to indicate the totality of something or someone. In this form, it is used for masculine nouns in the accusative plural, meaning 'all (of them)' or 'everyone'. It can also be used substantively to refer to 'all people' or 'everyone'.
Inflection: Accusative, Plural, Masculine
Synonyms: ΟΛΟΣ, ΑΠΑΣ
G4983
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: SOH-mah-tah
Translations: bodies, slaves, persons
Notes: This word refers to physical bodies, but in ancient contexts, it could also refer to slaves or persons, especially when counted as property. It is the plural form of the noun 'σῶμα' (sōma).
Inflection: Plural, Nominative, Accusative, or Vocative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΣΑΡΚΕΣ, ΠΡΟΣΩΠΑ, ΔΟΥΛΟΙ
G3077
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: leh-loh-bee-MEH-noos
Translations: mutilated, disfigured, injured, abused, wronged, insulted
Notes: This word describes someone who has been mutilated, disfigured, or severely injured, often implying a permanent physical impairment. It can also refer to someone who has been abused, wronged, or insulted, indicating a state of having suffered harm or indignity. It is a perfect passive participle, meaning the action has been completed and the subject has undergone the action.
Inflection: Plural, Accusative, Masculine, Perfect Passive Participle
Synonyms: ΠΕΠΗΡΩΜΕΝΟΥΣ, ΒΕΒΛΑΜΜΕΝΟΥΣ, ΗΚΡΩΤΗΡΙΑΣΜΕΝΟΥΣ
Etymology: The word λωβάομαι (lōbaomai) comes from λώβη (lōbē), meaning 'outrage, dishonor, abuse'.
G4863
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: soon-ah-gah-GAYN
Translations: to gather, to collect, to assemble, to bring together
Notes: This word means to gather, collect, or assemble. It implies bringing things or people together from various places into one place. It can be used in contexts like gathering crops, collecting stones, or assembling a group of people.
Inflection: Aorist Active Infinitive
Synonyms: ΑΘΡΟΙΖΩ, ΣΥΛΛΕΓΩ, ΣΥΝΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ
G4128
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: PLAY-thooss
Translations: of a multitude, of a crowd, of a great number, of a throng, of a quantity, of a great amount, of a fullness, of a great company
Notes: This word refers to a large number or quantity of people or things, a multitude, or a crowd. It can also denote a great amount or fullness. It is used to describe a large gathering of people or a significant quantity of something.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Neuter
Synonyms: ΟΧΛΟΣ, ΠΟΛΥΣ, ΠΛΗΡΩΜΑ
Etymology: From the root *pleth-, related to the idea of being full or abundant. It is connected to the Proto-Indo-European root *pleh₁- meaning 'to fill'.
G3461
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: my-REE-ah-das
Translations: myriads, ten thousands, countless thousands
Notes: This word refers to a very large, indefinite number, specifically ten thousand. It is often used to describe an innumerable multitude or a vast quantity of something. It functions as a noun in sentences.
Inflection: Accusative, Plural, Feminine
G3588
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Numeral
Sounds like: OK-toh
Translations: eight
Notes: This word is a cardinal numeral meaning 'eight'. It is used to indicate a quantity of eight of something. It is indeclinable, meaning its form does not change regardless of the gender, number, or case of the noun it modifies.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'eight'. It is cognate with English 'eight' and Latin 'octo'.
G3778
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Demonstrative Pronoun
Sounds like: TOO-toos
Translations: these, those
Notes: This word is the accusative plural masculine form of the demonstrative pronoun 'οὗτος' (houtos). It is used to point out or refer to specific people or things that are near in proximity or time, or that have just been mentioned. It functions like 'these' or 'those' in English, often referring to a group of males or a group of mixed gender.
Inflection: Accusative, Plural, Masculine
Synonyms: ΟΙΔΕ, ΕΚΕΙΝΟΥΣ
G3037
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: li-tho-to-MEE-as
Translations: of stone-cutting, of quarrying, of a quarry, of a stone-quarry
Notes: This is a compound word derived from 'λίθος' (stone) and 'τομή' (a cutting). It refers to the act of cutting or quarrying stone, or to the place where stone is cut, such as a quarry or stone-cutting operation. It is used to describe activities or places related to the extraction and shaping of stone.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine
Synonyms: ΛΑΤΟΜΙΑΣ, ΟΡΥΓΜΑΤΟΣ
G1722
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition
Sounds like: en
Translations: in, on, among, with, by, at
Notes: This word is a common preposition in Koine Greek, primarily meaning 'in' or 'on'. It typically governs the dative case, indicating location, time, or means. Its precise translation can vary depending on the context, often conveying ideas like 'within,' 'among,' or 'by means of'.
Inflection: Does not inflect (as a preposition, it governs cases but does not change its own form).
Etymology: The Koine Greek preposition 'ἘΝ' derives from the Proto-Indo-European root *en, meaning 'in' or 'into'. It has cognates in many other Indo-European languages, reflecting its ancient origin.
G3588
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Definite Article
Sounds like: TOH
Translations: to the, for the, by the, with the, in the
Notes: ΤΩ is the dative singular form of the definite article 'the'. It indicates the indirect object of a verb or the means/instrument by which an action is performed. It can also be used to indicate location or association, often translated with prepositions like 'to', 'for', 'by', 'with', or 'in'.
Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
G4314
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition
Sounds like: PROSS
Translations: to, toward, with, against, for, at, near, by, in relation to
Notes: This is a common and versatile preposition in Koine Greek. It indicates direction, relation, or purpose, and its precise meaning often depends on the case of the noun it governs. For example, with the accusative case, it typically means 'to' or 'toward' (indicating motion or direction), 'against' (indicating opposition), or 'in relation to'. With the genitive case, it can mean 'from' (indicating origin or source) or 'in the presence of'. With the dative case, it can mean 'at' or 'near' (indicating proximity). It is used to express a wide range of relationships between actions, objects, and people.
Inflection: Does not inflect, but governs various cases (accusative, genitive, dative).
Synonyms: ΕΙΣ, ΕΠΙ, ΠΑΡΑ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'forward, toward'. It is related to other words indicating movement or direction.
G0395
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ah-nah-toh-LEN
Translations: east, a rising, dawn, a branch, a shoot
Notes: This word refers to the direction of the east, where the sun rises. It can also metaphorically refer to the rising of the sun itself, or the dawn. In some contexts, it can also mean a sprout or a shoot, particularly in prophetic or messianic contexts, referring to a descendant or a new beginning. It is a feminine noun.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ἈΝΑΤΟΛΑΙ, ἈΝΑΤΟΛΗ
Etymology: From the Greek verb ἀνατέλλω (anatellō), meaning 'to rise up' or 'to cause to rise'. It is formed from ἀνά (ana), meaning 'up', and τέλλω (tellō), meaning 'to accomplish' or 'to rise'.
G3313
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: MEH-rei
Translations: (to) a part, (to) a share, (to) a portion, (to) a division, (to) a district
Notes: This word refers to a part, share, or portion of something larger. It can also denote a division, district, or region. It is often used to indicate a specific segment or aspect of a whole, or a share that someone receives.
Inflection: Singular, Dative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΜΟΙΡΑ, ΚΛΗΡΟΣ, ΤΜΗΜΑ
G3543
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: NEI-loo
Translations: (of) Nile
Notes: This is the genitive singular form of the proper noun 'ΝΕΙΛΟΣ' (Neilos), which refers to the Nile River. The Nile was a crucial river in ancient Egypt, providing water for agriculture and serving as a major transportation route. In Koine Greek texts, it is often mentioned in geographical or historical contexts related to Egypt.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine
Etymology: The word 'ΝΕΙΛΟΣ' (Neilos) is of uncertain origin, possibly from a Semitic root or an Egyptian word. It refers to the Nile River, which was central to ancient Egyptian civilization.
G1688
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: em-bal-EIN
Translations: to cast in, to throw in, to put in, to enter, to attack
Notes: This word is the aorist active infinitive form of the verb meaning 'to cast in' or 'to throw in'. It can also mean 'to put into', 'to enter', or 'to attack'. It describes the action of placing something inside another thing, or moving oneself into a place, or initiating an assault.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΕἸΣΒΆΛΛΩ, ἘΜΠΊΠΤΩ, ἘΠΙΤΊΘΗΜΙ
Etymology: The word ἘΜΒΆΛΛΩ is a compound word formed from the preposition ἘΝ (en), meaning 'in' or 'into', and the verb ΒΆΛΛΩ (ballō), meaning 'to throw' or 'to cast'.
G3704
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Conjunction, Adverb
Sounds like: OH-pos
Translations: how, as, that, in order that, so that
Notes: This word functions as both a conjunction and an adverb. As a conjunction, it introduces clauses of purpose or result, meaning 'in order that' or 'so that'. As an adverb, it describes manner, meaning 'how' or 'as'. Its specific meaning often depends on the context of the sentence.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΙΝΑ, ΩΣ, ΚΑΘΩΣ
Etymology: From Ancient Greek ὡς (hōs, 'as') and πώς (pōs, 'somehow').
G2038
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: er-GAH-zoyn-toh
Translations: they might work, they would work, they should work, they might labor, they would labor, they should labor
Notes: This word is a verb in the middle voice, meaning 'to work', 'to labor', 'to perform', or 'to do'. It describes an action that someone performs, often with effort or for a purpose. The middle voice indicates that the subject is acting on themselves or for their own benefit, or that they are involved in the action in some way.
Inflection: 3rd Person, Plural, Present, Optative, Middle Voice
Synonyms: ΠΟΙΕΩ, ΠΡΑΤΤΩ, ΔΡΑΩ
G3588
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Definite Article, Pronoun, Interjection
Sounds like: OY
Translations: the, who, they, oh
Notes: ΟΙ is primarily the masculine plural nominative form of the definite article, meaning 'the'. It is used to specify a group of masculine nouns that are the subject of a sentence. It can also function as a demonstrative pronoun, meaning 'these' or 'they', referring to a group of people or things previously mentioned. Less commonly, it can be an interjection, similar to 'oh' or 'alas'.
Inflection: Masculine, Plural, Nominative
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, related to demonstrative pronouns and articles in other Indo-European languages.
G1476
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle, Adjective
Sounds like: eng-keh-khoh-ree-SMEH-noy
Translations: settled, established, dwelling in, those who are settled, those who are established, those who are dwelling in
Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle, meaning 'having been settled in' or 'established in'. It describes someone or something that has become fixed or resident in a particular place or condition. It is a compound word formed from the preposition 'ἐν' (in) and the verb 'χωρίζω' (to separate, make room, or settle).
Inflection: Plural, Masculine or Neuter, Nominative or Accusative, Perfect Passive Participle
Synonyms: ΚΑΤΟΙΚΟΥΝΤΕΣ, ΕΝΟΙΚΟΥΝΤΕΣ
Etymology: The verb ἐγχωρίζω (enchorizo) is derived from the prefix ἐν (en), meaning 'in' or 'among', and the verb χωρίζω (chorizo), meaning 'to separate', 'to make room', or 'to settle'. The root χωρίζω comes from χῶρος (choros), meaning 'place' or 'space'.
G1510
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: EYE-nah-ee
Translations: to be, to exist, to happen, to become
Notes: This is the present active infinitive form of the verb 'to be'. It expresses existence, identity, or a state of being. It can also be used to indicate purpose or result, especially when preceded by the genitive article 'τοῦ' (tou), in which case it can be translated as 'in order to be' or 'for the purpose of being'.
Inflection: Infinitive, Present, Active. Does not inflect for person, number, gender, or case.
Synonyms: ΥΠΑΡΧΩ
G0846
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun
Sounds like: ow-TOYS
Translations: (to) them, (to) themselves, (to) it, (to) him, (to) her
Notes: This word is a dative plural form of the personal/demonstrative pronoun 'ΑΥ̓ΤΟΣ'. It typically means 'to/for them' or 'to/for themselves', depending on the context. It can refer to people or things. When used reflexively, it emphasizes the subject performing an action on or for themselves. It can also be used to refer to 'it', 'him', or 'her' in the dative case when the gender and number are clear from context, though 'them' is its primary plural translation.
Inflection: Dative, Plural, Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter
G3051
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: loh-GHEE-ohn
Translations: of oracles, of sayings, of utterances, of words
Notes: This word refers to divine utterances, sacred sayings, oracles, or the words of God. It is often used in a religious context to denote inspired or authoritative declarations. It is the genitive plural form of the noun 'logion'.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Neuter
Synonyms: ΡΗΜΑΤΩΝ, ΛΟΓΩΝ
G2409
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: hee-eh-REH-ohn
Translations: of priests
Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of the noun 'ἱερεύς' (hiereus), meaning 'priest'. It is used to indicate possession or origin, often translated as 'of priests' or 'belonging to priests'. For example, one might speak of 'the garments of priests' or 'the lineage of priests'.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine
G3014
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: LEP-rah
Translations: leprosy, a leprosy
Notes: This word refers to leprosy, a chronic infectious disease affecting the skin, nerves, and mucous membranes. In ancient contexts, it was a general term for various skin conditions, not necessarily limited to what is medically known as Hansen's disease today. It is typically used to describe the condition itself.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine
Etymology: From the Greek adjective λεπρός (lepros), meaning 'scaly' or 'leprous', which is related to λέπω (lepo), meaning 'to peel' or 'to scale'.
G4797
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: syng-keh-khoo-MEH-noos
Translations: confused, confounded, mixed up, thrown into confusion
Notes: This word is the perfect passive participle of the verb 'συγχέω' (syncheō), meaning 'to pour together, mix up, confuse, or confound'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective, describing a state of being mixed up or confused. It indicates that the subject has been put into a state of disorder or bewilderment by an external action.
Inflection: Perfect, Passive, Participle, Masculine, Accusative, Plural
Synonyms: ΤΑΡΑΧΘΕΝΤΑΣ, ΑΤΑΚΤΟΥΣ
G1565
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Demonstrative Pronoun, Demonstrative Adjective
Sounds like: eh-KAY-non
Translations: that (one), him, it
Notes: This word is a demonstrative pronoun or adjective, meaning 'that' or 'that one'. It refers to something distant in space or time, or something previously mentioned or understood from the context. As a pronoun, it can stand alone, meaning 'that one' or 'him/it'. As an adjective, it modifies a noun, meaning 'that [noun]'. In this form, it is used for a masculine singular object of a verb or preposition.
Inflection: Masculine, Singular, Accusative
Synonyms: ΟΥ̓ΤΟΣ, ὉΔΕ
Etymology: The word ἘΚΕΙΝΟΣ (ekeinos) is derived from the adverb ἐκεῖ (ekei), meaning 'there'. It refers to something 'over there' or 'that one there', indicating distance.
G4680
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: SOH-fon
Translations: wise, a wise one, prudent, skillful
Notes: This word describes someone or something as wise, intelligent, or skillful. It can refer to a person who possesses wisdom or a thing that demonstrates wisdom or cleverness. It is often used to describe individuals who are discerning, prudent, or expert in a particular field.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΦΡΟΝΙΜΟΣ, ΣΥΝΕΤΟΣ
G3136
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: man-tee-KON
Translations: prophetic, divinatory, oracular, a prophetic thing, a divinatory quality
Notes: This word describes something related to prophecy, divination, or the art of a seer. It refers to the ability or quality of foretelling the future or receiving divine inspiration. It can be used to describe a person, an object, or a quality that possesses such an ability.
Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
Synonyms: ΠΡΟΦΗΤΙΚΟΣ, ΘΕΙΟΣ, ΟΡΑΚΟΥΛΟΣ
Etymology: The word ΜΑΝΤΙΚΟΣ (mantikos) is derived from the noun ΜΑΝΤΙΣ (mantis), meaning 'prophet' or 'seer'. It is related to the verb μαντεύομαι (manteuomai), 'to prophesy' or 'to divine'.
G0435
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: AN-dra
Translations: man, a man, husband, a husband
Notes: This word refers to a male human being, often specifically an adult male, or a husband. It is the accusative singular form of the noun 'ἈΝΗΡ' (anēr), meaning 'man' or 'husband'. It is used when the man or husband is the direct object of a verb or the object of certain prepositions.
Inflection: Accusative, Singular, Masculine
Synonyms: ΑΝΘΡΩΠΟΣ, ΑΝΗΡ
Etymology: The word 'ἈΝΗΡ' (anēr) comes from Proto-Indo-European. It is related to words in other Indo-European languages that also refer to a male human being.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: hoo-po-DEY-sai
Translations: to fear, to be afraid, to be timid, to be apprehensive
Notes: This word is an aorist active infinitive form of a verb meaning 'to fear' or 'to be afraid'. It describes the action of becoming fearful or apprehensive. It can be used in contexts where someone is intimidated or has a sense of dread.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΦΟΒΕΩ, ΔΕΙΛΙΑΩ
G5521
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: KHO-lon
Translations: bile, gall, anger, wrath, a wrath
Notes: This word refers to bile or gall, a bitter fluid. Metaphorically, it is used to describe intense anger, wrath, or indignation, often implying a deep-seated bitterness. It is typically used to describe a strong emotional reaction.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΟΡΓΗ, ΘΥΜΟΣ, ΜΗΝΙΣ
G0971
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: bee-as-THEN-tes
Translations: having been forced, being compelled, suffering violence, having suffered violence
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'βιάζω', meaning 'to force' or 'to compel'. As a participle, it describes an action that has already occurred or is ongoing, functioning like an adjective or adverb. In this form, it indicates that the subject has been subjected to force or compulsion by an external agent. It is often used to describe someone who has been violently treated or constrained.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative, Masculine, Aorist, Passive
Synonyms: ΑΝΑΓΚΑΖΩ, ΚΑΤΑΝΑΓΚΑΖΩ
G3708
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: oph-THEE-son-tai
Translations: they will be seen, they will appear
Notes: This is a verb in the future passive indicative, third person plural. It means 'they will be seen' or 'they will appear'. It is often used to describe something becoming visible or manifesting itself.
Inflection: Future, Passive, Indicative, Third Person, Plural
Synonyms: ΦΑΝΗΣΟΝΤΑΙ, ΔΕΙΧΘΗΣΟΝΤΑΙ
G4369
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: pros-THEM-eh-non
Translations: having added, having put to, having given, having joined, having attached, having granted, having bestowed, having imposed
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'προστίθημι' (prostithemi), which means 'to add,' 'to put to,' 'to give,' or 'to join.' As a participle, it describes an action that has already occurred, functioning like an adjective or adverb. It indicates someone or something that has performed the action of adding or joining.
Inflection: Aorist, Middle Voice, Masculine or Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative
Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣΤΙΘΕΝΤΑ, ΠΡΟΣΘΕΝΤΑ, ΠΡΟΣΘΕΝΤΕΣ
G4847
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: sym-ma-KHEH-soo-see
Translations: they will fight with, they will help in war, they will be allies, they will aid
Notes: This word means to fight along with someone, to be an ally, or to provide military assistance. It describes a future action where a group of people will join forces with another in battle or provide support. It is a compound word formed from 'σύν' (syn), meaning 'with' or 'together', and 'μάχομαι' (machomai), meaning 'to fight'.
Inflection: Third Person, Plural, Future, Indicative, Active
Synonyms: ΒΟΗΘΕΩ, ΣΥΝΕΡΓΕΩ
Etymology: From 'σύν' (syn), meaning 'with' or 'together', and 'μάχομαι' (machomai), meaning 'to fight'. It describes the act of fighting alongside someone.
G5100
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun
Sounds like: TI-nes
Translations: some, certain ones, who, what
Notes: This word is an indefinite pronoun meaning 'some' or 'certain ones'. It can also function as an interrogative pronoun, asking 'who?' or 'what?' in the plural. Its meaning often depends on the context of the sentence.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative, Masculine or Feminine
G3392
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: mee-ah-ROYS
Translations: (to) defiled, (to) polluted, (to) unclean, (to) abominable
Notes: This word describes something or someone that is ceremonially or morally defiled, polluted, or unclean. It is used to refer to things that are considered impure or abominable, often in a religious or ethical sense. As an adjective, it modifies nouns, indicating that the noun possesses the quality of being defiled or impure. This specific form is a dative plural, meaning it would typically be used with a preposition like 'to' or 'for', or as an indirect object, referring to multiple defiled entities.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine, Feminine or Neuter
Synonyms: ΑΚΑΘΑΡΤΟΙΣ, ΑΝΟΣΙΟΙΣ, ΒΕΒΗΛΟΙΣ
G2902
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: krah-TAY-soo-sin
Translations: they will hold, they will take hold of, they will grasp, they will seize, they will rule, they will prevail, they will overcome
Notes: This word is a verb indicating future action. It means to hold, grasp, or seize something, often with the implication of power, control, or mastery. It can also mean to rule over, prevail, or overcome. It is used to describe actions where someone gains or maintains control or authority.
Inflection: Third Person, Plural, Future, Active, Indicative
Synonyms: ΚΥΡΙΕΥΣΟΥΣΙΝ, ΕΞΟΥΣΙΑΣΟΥΣΙΝ, ΚΑΤΕΧΟΥΣΙΝ
G1909
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition
Sounds like: ep
Translations: on, upon, over, to, against, at, in, for, by, before, among, concerning, with
Notes: This word is a preposition, often used as a prefix in compound words. It is a shortened form of the preposition ἘΠΙ (epi), which loses its final vowel when the next word begins with a vowel and a rough breathing mark. Its precise meaning varies significantly depending on the case of the noun it governs: with the genitive, it often means 'on, upon, over' (of place) or 'at, during' (of time); with the dative, it can mean 'on, at, by' (of place), 'in addition to', or 'for, because of'; and with the accusative, it typically means 'to, toward, against' (of motion) or 'over, upon' (of extent).
Inflection: Does not inflect (preposition)
Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣ, ὙΠΕΡ, ΠΑΡΑ
Etymology: The word ἘΠΙ (epi) comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'on, at, near'.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Numeral
Sounds like: deh-KAH-tree-ah
Translations: thirteen
Notes: This word is a compound numeral meaning 'thirteen'. It is formed from 'δέκα' (ten) and 'τρία' (three). It is used to indicate the quantity of thirteen of something, as in 'thirteen years' or 'thirteen men'.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Etymology: The word 'δεκατρία' is a compound of the Koine Greek words 'δέκα' (deka), meaning 'ten', and 'τρία' (tria), meaning 'three'.
G5111
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: tol-MEH-sai
Translations: to dare, to venture, to be bold, to presume
Notes: This word means 'to dare' or 'to be bold'. It is an infinitive form, which functions like a verbal noun, often used to complete the meaning of another verb or to express purpose. For example, it might be used in a sentence like 'He was afraid to dare' or 'They ventured to go out'.
Inflection: Aorist, Infinitive, Active
Synonyms: ΘΑΡΡΕΩ, ΕΠΙΧΕΙΡΕΩ
G3778
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Demonstrative Pronoun, Demonstrative Adjective
Sounds like: TOW-tah
Translations: these, these things
Notes: This word is a demonstrative pronoun or adjective, meaning 'these' or 'these things'. It refers to something previously mentioned or understood from the context, pointing it out specifically. As a pronoun, it stands in place of a noun, while as an adjective, it modifies a noun.
Inflection: Plural, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
Synonyms: ΟΔΕ, ΕΚΕΙΝΟΣ
G0935
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: bah-see-LAY
Translations: (to) a king, (to) the king
Notes: This word is a noun referring to a king or ruler. It is used in the dative case, indicating the recipient or indirect object of an action, often translated with 'to' or 'for'. It can also indicate association or instrument.
Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΑΡΧΩΝ, ΗΓΕΜΩΝ, ΚΥΡΙΟΣ
Etymology: From an uncertain root, possibly related to βάσις (basis, 'foundation') or from a pre-Greek substrate word.
G1124
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: grah-FEN
Translations: writing, a writing, scripture, a scripture, record, a record, document, a document, inscription, an inscription
Notes: ΓΡΑΦΗΝ is the accusative singular form of the noun ΓΡΑΦΗ. It refers to something written, such as a document, an inscription, or a record. In a religious context, it often refers to sacred scripture.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΒΙΒΛΟΣ, ΕΠΙΓΡΑΦΗ
G2641
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: kah-tah-LEE-pon-tah
Translations: leaving, having left, abandoning, forsaking, deserting, remaining, being left behind
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'kataleipō', meaning 'to leave behind', 'to abandon', or 'to forsake'. It describes an action of leaving something or someone, or being left behind. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, modifying a noun or verb to indicate an action that has occurred or is occurring.
Inflection: Aorist Active Participle, Accusative, Masculine, Singular
Synonyms: ΑΦΙΗΜΙ, ΕΚΒΑΛΛΩ, ΕΚΛΕΙΠΩ
Etymology: The word 'kataleipō' is a compound verb formed from the preposition 'kata' (κατά), meaning 'down' or 'against', and the verb 'leipō' (λείπω), meaning 'to leave' or 'to lack'.
G3956
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: PAN-tone
Translations: (of) all, (of) every, (of) everyone, (of) everything, (of) the whole
Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of the adjective 'πᾶς' (pas), meaning 'all', 'every', or 'the whole'. It is used to indicate possession, origin, or relationship for a plural group, signifying 'of all' or 'belonging to all'. It can refer to people, things, or concepts, encompassing a complete set or totality.
Inflection: Genitive, Plural, All genders
Synonyms: ΟΛΟΣ, ΑΠΑΣ
G1438
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun
Sounds like: eh-ahf-TON
Translations: himself, herself, itself, themselves
Notes: This word is a reflexive pronoun, meaning 'himself, herself, itself, or themselves'. It is used to refer back to the subject of the sentence, indicating that the action of the verb is directed back to the subject. For example, 'he saw himself'. It can be used for singular or plural subjects.
Inflection: Accusative, Singular, Masculine
Synonyms: ΑΥΤΟΝ
G0337
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ah-neh-LEIN
Translations: to take up, to take away, to destroy, to kill, to put to death
Notes: This word is an aorist active infinitive form of the verb ἀναιρέω (anaireō). It is a compound word formed from the preposition ἀνά (ana), meaning 'up' or 'again', and the verb αἱρέω (haireō), meaning 'to take' or 'to choose'. Depending on the context, it can mean to take something up, to remove or take away, or more commonly, to destroy or kill someone. It is often used in the sense of putting someone to death.
Inflection: Infinitive, Aorist, Active
Synonyms: ἈΠΟΚΤΕΙΝΩ, ἈΠΟΛΛΥΜΙ, ΦΟΝΕΥΩ
Etymology: The verb ἀναιρέω (anaireō) is a compound of ἀνά (ana, 'up, again') and αἱρέω (haireō, 'to take, to seize').
G123
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ah-thoo-MEE-ah
Translations: despondency, discouragement, faint-heartedness, a despondency, a discouragement, a faint-heartedness
Notes: This word refers to a state of being disheartened, discouraged, or faint-hearted. It describes a lack of courage or spirit, often leading to sadness or despair. It is a compound word formed from the negative prefix 'α-' (a-, meaning 'not' or 'without') and 'θυμός' (thymos, meaning 'spirit' or 'courage'). It can be used to describe a general feeling of dejection or a specific instance of losing heart.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΛΥΠΗ, ΑΠΟΓΝΩΣΙΣ, ΑΘΥΜΟΣΥΝΗ
Etymology: The word ἈΘΥΜΙΑ is derived from the Greek negative prefix 'α-' (a-, meaning 'not' or 'without') and 'θυμός' (thymos), which refers to the spirit, courage, or passion. Thus, it literally means 'without spirit' or 'lack of courage'.
G2532, G2532
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: kah-PEH-tah
Translations: and then, and afterward, and next, then, afterward
Notes: This is a compound word, formed from the conjunction 'καὶ' (and) and the adverb 'ἔπειτα' (then, afterward). It is used to indicate a sequence of events, meaning 'and then' or 'and afterward'. It connects two actions or clauses, showing that one follows the other in time or logical order.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΕΠΕΙΤΑ, ΕΙΤΑ, ΕΚΕΙΘΕΝ
G3064
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: LEK-sin
Translations: word, a word, saying, a saying, phrase, a phrase, expression, a expression
Notes: This word refers to a word, a saying, or a phrase. It can be used to describe a specific utterance or a general expression. In context, it often refers to the exact wording or a particular statement.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΛΟΓΟΣ, ΡΗΜΑ, ΦΩΝΗ
G3779
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: OO-tohs
Translations: thus, so, in this way, in such a way
Notes: This adverb indicates manner or degree, meaning 'in this way,' 'thus,' or 'so.' It can refer back to something previously mentioned or forward to something about to be stated. It often introduces a consequence or result, showing how something is done or to what extent.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΩΣ, ΚΑΘΩΣ
Etymology: From the demonstrative pronoun ΟΥΤΟΣ (OUTOS), meaning 'this' or 'that'.
G1125
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ge-GRA-fen
Translations: he has written, it has been written, he wrote, it was written
Notes: This word is the third person singular, perfect active indicative form of the verb γράφω (graphō), meaning 'to write'. The perfect tense indicates an action completed in the past with continuing results in the present. Therefore, it signifies that someone has completed the act of writing, and the written text or its effect still exists or is relevant. It can be used in sentences like 'He has written a letter' or 'It has been written in the book'.
Inflection: Perfect, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person Singular
Synonyms: ΕΠΙΓΡΑΦΩ, ΑΝΑΓΡΑΦΩ, ΚΑΤΑΓΡΑΦΩ
G2999
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: lah-toh-MEE-ais
Translations: to quarries, in quarries, quarries
Notes: This word refers to a stone quarry, a place where stone is extracted from the earth. In ancient times, quarries were often used as places of forced labor or imprisonment, so the word can also refer to a prison or a workhouse where people were compelled to work in the quarries.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΛΑΤΟΜΕΙΟΝ, ΛΑΤΟΜΟΣ
Etymology: The word "ΛΑΤΟΜΙΑ" comes from the Greek words "λάας" (laas), meaning "stone," and "τέμνω" (temno), meaning "to cut." Thus, it literally means "stone-cutting place."
G5550
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: KHROH-nos
Translations: time, a time, period, season, age
Notes: This word refers to a period of time, whether a specific duration, a season, or a general era. It can denote chronological time, a specific point in time, or a duration. It is often used to describe the passage of time or a particular interval.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΚΑΙΡΟΣ, ΑΙΩΝ
Etymology: From an unknown root. It refers to a period of time, often contrasted with 'kairos' which refers to a specific, opportune time.
G2425
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: ee-ka-NOS
Translations: sufficient, adequate, competent, able, worthy, enough, a lot, many
Notes: This word describes something or someone as being sufficient, adequate, or competent for a particular purpose or task. It can refer to a quantity that is enough, or a person who is capable or worthy. It is often used to express that something is ample or abundant.
Inflection: Masculine, Nominative, Singular
Synonyms: ΑΡΚΕΤΟΣ, ΑΞΙΟΣ, ΔΥΝΑΤΟΣ
Etymology: The origin of this word is uncertain, but it is thought to be related to the verb ἱκάνω (hikanō), meaning 'to reach, to arrive, to suffice'.
G1330
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: dee-EEL-then
Translations: passed through, went through, traversed
Notes: This word means to pass or go through something, indicating movement from one point to another, often implying crossing a barrier or traversing a distance. It can be used to describe someone passing through a city, a period of time passing, or an idea passing through one's mind.
Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Active, 3rd Person Singular
Synonyms: ΠΑΡΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΔΙΑΒΑΙΝΩ, ΔΙΑΠΟΡΕΥΟΜΑΙ
G5003
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: tah-lie-po-ROON-tone
Translations: of those suffering hardship, of those distressed, of those miserable, of those afflicted
Notes: This word is the genitive plural masculine participle of the verb 'ταλαιπωρέω' (talaipōreō), meaning 'to suffer hardship, to be distressed, to be miserable, or to be afflicted'. It describes a state of enduring difficulty or adversity. In this form, it refers to 'those who are suffering hardship' or 'those who are distressed'. It is often used to describe people in a state of misery or affliction.
Inflection: Participle, Present, Active, Genitive, Plural, Masculine
Synonyms: ΚΑΚΟΠΑΘΟΥΝΤΩΝ, ΣΤΕΝΟΧΩΡΟΥΜΕΝΩΝ, ΘΛΙΒΟΜΕΝΩΝ
G0515
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb, Participle
Sounds like: ax-ee-oh-THEIS
Translations: having been deemed worthy, having been thought worthy, having been counted worthy, having been considered worthy
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'ἀξιόω' (axioo). It describes someone who has been deemed or considered worthy of something, or who has been honored. It is often used to indicate that a person has received a certain status, privilege, or recognition because they were judged to be deserving.
Inflection: Aorist, Passive, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Singular
Synonyms: ΤΙΜΑΩ, ΚΡΙΝΩ, ΗΓΕΟΜΑΙ
G2647
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: kah-tah-LOO-sin
Translations: destruction, overthrow, dissolution, demolition, a lodging place, an inn
Notes: This word refers to the act of dissolving, destroying, or overthrowing something. It can also refer to a place where one unlooses their burdens or stops for the night, like a lodging place or an inn. In a broader sense, it signifies the breaking up or bringing to an end of something, whether physical or abstract.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΑΦΑΝΙΣΜΟΣ, ΑΝΑΤΡΟΠΗ, ΔΙΑΛΥΣΙΣ
G4637
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ske-PAYN
Translations: shelter, a shelter, covering, a covering, protection, a protection
Notes: This word refers to a physical covering or a place that provides refuge and safety. It can be used to describe a literal roof or a metaphorical sense of divine protection.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΣΚΕΠΑΣΜΑ, ΣΚΕΠΑΣΤΡΟΝ, ΚΑΤΑΦΥΓΗ
Etymology: The word ΣΚΕΠΗ (skepē) comes from the verb σκέπτομαι (skeptomai), meaning 'to look at, to consider, to examine,' which also developed the sense of 'to look out for, to protect.'
G0678
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ah-poh-meh-RI-sees
Translations: division, a division, distribution, an allotment, a portion
Notes: This word refers to the act of dividing or distributing something, or the resulting portion or share that is allotted. It implies a separation into parts or a sharing out among individuals or groups.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΜΕΡΙΣΜΟΣ, ΔΙΑΜΕΡΙΣΜΟΣ
Etymology: The word ἀπομερισμός (apomerismos) is derived from the verb ἀπομερίζω (apomerizo), meaning 'to divide off' or 'to distribute'. It is formed from the prefix ἀπό (apo), meaning 'from' or 'off', and the verb μερίζω (merizo), meaning 'to divide' or 'to share'.
G5119
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: TOH-teh
Translations: then, at that time, at that moment, thereupon, therefore
Notes: This word is an adverb meaning 'then' or 'at that time'. It is used to indicate a point in time, often referring to a past or future event that follows another. It can also be used to introduce a consequence or result, similar to 'therefore' or 'in that case'.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΕΠΕΙΤΑ, ΕΙΤΑ, ΟΥΝ
Etymology: The word ΤΟΤΕ is a primary adverb, meaning it is not derived from another word in Greek. It is related to the demonstrative pronoun 'το' (this/that).
G2049
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: eh-ray-moh-THEY-san
Translations: having been desolated, having been made desolate, having been laid waste, a desolated (place), a laid waste (place)
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'erēmoō', meaning 'to desolate' or 'to lay waste'. As a participle, it describes something that has undergone the action of being desolated or made desolate. It functions like an adjective, modifying a noun, and indicates a completed action in the past.
Inflection: Aorist, Passive, Feminine, Accusative, Singular
Synonyms: ΑΦΑΝΙΣΘΕΙΣΑΝ, ΚΑΤΕΣΤΡΑΜΜΕΝΗΝ
G4172
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: POH-lin
Translations: city, a city
Notes: The word 'πόλιν' is the accusative singular form of the noun 'πόλις', meaning 'city'. It refers to a populated place, typically larger than a village, with a defined administrative structure. As an accusative case, it functions as the direct object of a verb or the object of certain prepositions, indicating the destination or the object being acted upon. For example, one might 'go into the city' or 'see the city'.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Etymology: The word 'πόλις' comes from Proto-Indo-European, referring to a fortified place or citadel. It developed to mean a city-state in ancient Greece, encompassing both the physical settlement and its citizens.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: OW-ah-rin
Translations: Avaris
Notes: This word refers to Avaris, an ancient city in the Nile Delta of Egypt. It was notably the capital of the Hyksos during their rule over Egypt. The name is often associated with the biblical land of Goshen.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Etymology: The name Avaris is derived from ancient Egyptian, meaning 'House of the Leg of the District'. It was transliterated into Greek as Αὔαρις.
G4784
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: soon-khor-EE-sen
Translations: conceded, granted, permitted, allowed
Notes: This is the aorist active indicative third person singular form of the verb ΣΥΓΧΩΡΕΩ (sygchōreō), meaning 'to concede, grant, or permit'. It describes an action that was completed in the past by a single subject. It is often used in contexts where someone yields to a request, allows something to happen, or agrees to a proposal.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Indicative, Third Person Singular
Synonyms: ΕΠΙΤΡΕΠΩ, ΑΦΙΗΜΙ, ΔΙΔΩΜΙ
Etymology: The verb ΣΥΓΧΩΡΕΩ is a compound word formed from the preposition ΣΥΝ (syn), meaning 'with' or 'together', and the verb ΧΩΡΕΩ (chōreō), meaning 'to make room, advance, or contain'. Thus, it literally means 'to make room with' or 'to go along with', leading to the sense of conceding or granting.
G3588, G3739, G2228
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Definite Article, Relative Pronoun, Conjunction, Interjection
Sounds like: AY
Translations: the, who, which, or, oh, ah
Notes: This word is most commonly used as the definite article 'the' in Koine Greek, specifically as the feminine nominative singular form (e.g., 'the cry') or the neuter nominative/accusative plural form. It can also function as a relative pronoun meaning 'who' or 'which' (feminine nominative singular). Additionally, it can be a conjunction meaning 'or' or an interjection expressing surprise or emotion, similar to 'oh' or 'ah'. Its meaning is highly dependent on context.
Inflection: Feminine, Nominative, Singular (Definite Article or Relative Pronoun); Neuter, Nominative or Accusative, Plural (Definite Article); Does not inflect (Conjunction or Interjection)
Etymology: The Greek definite article and related forms derive from a Proto-Indo-European demonstrative pronoun. The conjunction and interjection forms have separate, though related, origins within Proto-Indo-European.
G4172
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: POH-lis
Translations: city, a city, town, a town
Notes: The word 'polis' refers to a city or town, a populated center where people live and gather. In ancient contexts, it often implied a self-governing city-state, but in Koine Greek, it frequently refers simply to any significant urban settlement. It is used to denote the physical location and its inhabitants.
Inflection: Singular, Feminine, Nominative or Vocative
Synonyms: ΚΩΜΗ, ΧΩΡΑ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *pleh₁- (to fill) or *pel- (to build, to enclose). It refers to a fortified place or a populated area.
G2316
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: theh-oh-loh-GEE-an
Translations: theology, a theology
Notes: This word refers to the study or discourse concerning God or divine things. It is a compound word formed from 'θεός' (theos), meaning 'God', and 'λογία' (logia), meaning 'discourse' or 'study'. It is used to describe the systematic understanding or explanation of religious doctrines and beliefs.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
G0509
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: AH-noh-then
Translations: from above, from the top, again, anew, from the beginning
Notes: This word is an adverb that can have both a spatial and a temporal meaning. Spatially, it means 'from above' or 'from the top,' indicating origin or direction from a higher place. Temporally, it means 'again,' 'anew,' or 'from the beginning,' indicating a repetition or a fresh start. Its specific meaning often depends on the context of the sentence.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΠΑΛΙΝ, ἘΚ ΠΡΩΤΗΣ
Etymology: The word ἈΝΩΘΕΝ is formed from the adverb ἄνω (anō), meaning 'upwards' or 'above,' combined with the suffix -θεν (-then), which indicates origin or direction 'from' a place. Thus, it literally means 'from above' or 'from an upper place,' and by extension, 'from the beginning' or 'again'.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: too-FOH-nee-oss
Translations: Typhonian, of Typhon, relating to Typhon
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'of Typhon' or 'relating to Typhon'. It describes something associated with the mythical giant Typhon, often implying something monstrous, stormy, or destructive. It would be used to modify a noun, for example, 'Typhonian winds' or 'Typhonian rage'.
Inflection: Singular, Masculine or Feminine, Nominative or Genitive or Dative or Accusative, or Neuter Nominative or Accusative
G3778
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Demonstrative Pronoun
Sounds like: TOW-teen
Translations: this, that, this one, that one
Notes: ΤΑΥΤΗΝ is the feminine singular accusative form of the demonstrative pronoun ΟΥ͂ΤΟΣ. It is used to point out something specific, often something near the speaker or something that has just been mentioned. It functions like 'this' or 'that' in English, and as an accusative, it typically serves as the direct object of a verb or the object of a preposition.
Inflection: Accusative, Singular, Feminine
Synonyms: ΟΔΕ, ΕΚΕΙΝΟΣ
G1525
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: ice-EL-thon-tes
Translations: entering, having entered, going in, coming in
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'εἰσέρχομαι' (eiserchomai), meaning 'to go in' or 'to enter'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action performed by the subject. It can be translated as 'entering' or 'having entered', indicating an action that is either ongoing or completed relative to the main verb of the sentence. It is often used to describe someone who has come into a place or situation.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Masculine, Nominative, Plural
Synonyms: ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΕΙΣΠΟΡΕΥΟΜΑΙ
G5117
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: TO-pon
Translations: place, a place, region, a region, spot, a spot, location, a location
Notes: This word refers to a specific physical location, area, or region. It can be used to denote a particular spot, a general area, or even a position or status. For example, it might be used to say 'this place' or 'in that region'.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΧΩΡΑ, ΤΟΠΟΣ, ΟΙΚΟΣ
G0646
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ah-po-STA-sin
Translations: rebellion, revolt, defection, apostasy, a rebellion, a revolt, a defection, an apostasy
Notes: This word refers to a standing away from, a defection, or a revolt. It implies a separation or abandonment of a previous position, allegiance, or belief. It can be used in contexts of political rebellion against authority or religious apostasy from faith.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ἈΠΟΣΤΑΣΙΣ, ἈΠΟΣΤΑΣΙΑ
G2192
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb (Participle)
Sounds like: EKH-on-tes
Translations: having, holding, possessing, those who have, while having
Notes: This word is a present active participle derived from the verb 'ἔχω' (echō), meaning 'to have' or 'to hold'. It describes someone or something that is in the act of having, holding, or possessing something. It functions like an adjective or adverb, providing additional information about the subject of a sentence, often translated as 'having' or 'those who have'.
Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Nominative or Accusative, Plural, Masculine or Neuter
Synonyms: ΚΕΚΤΗΜΕΝΟΙ, ΚΑΤΕΧΟΝΤΕΣ, ΛΑΜΒΑΝΟΝΤΕΣ
G2232
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: hay-ge-MOH-nah
Translations: leader, a leader, ruler, a ruler, governor, a governor, commander, a commander, chief, a chief, prince, a prince
Notes: This word refers to a leader, ruler, or governor. It is used to describe someone in a position of authority or command, such as a provincial governor, a military commander, or a chief. It can be used in various contexts to denote someone who guides or directs others.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΑΡΧΩΝ, ΚΥΡΙΟΣ, ΔΥΝΑΣΤΗΣ
G0846
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun
Sounds like: ow-TON
Translations: of them, their, of themselves
Notes: This word is a pronoun indicating possession or relation, specifically for a group of people or things. It is used to mean 'of them' or 'their', often referring back to a previously mentioned plural noun or pronoun.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, All genders
G3004
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: leh-GO-meh-non
Translations: being said, being spoken, being called, being named, what is said, what is spoken, a thing said, a thing spoken
Notes: This word is a present passive participle derived from the verb 'ΛΕΓΩ' (lego), meaning 'to say' or 'to speak'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing something that is in the process of being said, spoken, or called. It can refer to a statement, a saying, or something that is being referred to or named.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter, Present, Passive
Synonyms: ΛΑΛΟΥΜΕΝΟΝ, ΦΑΜΕΝΟΝ
G5100
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun, Adjective
Sounds like: TEE-nah
Translations: who, what, which, some, any, a certain one, something, anything
Notes: ΤΙΝΑ is an inflected form of the pronoun/adjective ΤΙΣ. As an interrogative, it asks 'who?', 'what?', or 'which?'. As an indefinite, it means 'someone', 'something', 'anyone', 'anything', 'a certain one', or 'some'. Its meaning depends heavily on context and whether it is used in a question or a statement. It can function as both a pronoun standing alone or an adjective modifying a noun.
Inflection: Accusative Singular Masculine or Feminine, or Nominative/Accusative Plural Neuter
G2245
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: hay-lee-oh-po-LEE-ton
Translations: of Heliopolis, of the Heliopolitans
Notes: This word refers to the inhabitants of Heliopolis, an ancient city. It is a compound word formed from 'ΗΛΙΟΣ' (helios), meaning 'sun', and 'ΠΟΛΙΣ' (polis), meaning 'city', thus literally 'sun-city dweller'. It is used to describe people from that specific city.
Inflection: Genitive, Plural, Masculine
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: oh-SAR-say-phon
Translations: Osarsephon
Notes: This is a proper noun, referring to Osarseph, an Egyptian priest mentioned by the Jewish historian Josephus. According to Josephus, Osarseph was a renegade priest who led a group of lepers and other outcasts from Egypt, and was later identified with Moses by some ancient writers. It is used as a name for a specific individual.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine
Etymology: The name 'Osarseph' is of Egyptian origin, likely derived from elements related to the Egyptian god Osiris. It was transliterated into Greek.
G2476
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: es-TAY-san-toh
Translations: they stood, they placed themselves, they set up, they established
Notes: This word is the third-person plural aorist middle indicative form of the verb ἵστημι (histēmi). In the middle voice, it signifies an action performed by the subject for their own benefit or on themselves. Therefore, it means 'they stood themselves' or 'they caused themselves to stand,' often translated as 'they stood' or 'they placed themselves.' It can also mean 'they set up' or 'they established' something for themselves.
Inflection: Aorist, Middle Voice, Indicative, Third Person, Plural
Synonyms: ἹΣΤΑΝΤΟ, ἘΣΤΗΚΑΝ
G3980
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: pay-thar-KHEH-son-tes
Translations: obeying, those who will obey, those who are about to obey
Notes: This word is a compound verb formed from the words 'πείθω' (to persuade, obey) and 'ἀρχή' (rule, authority). It means to obey or be obedient to authority, especially in a military or governmental context. As a future active participle, it describes someone who is in the process of or about to obey, or who is characterized by future obedience. It can function adjectivally, describing a noun, or substantivally, referring to 'those who will obey'.
Inflection: Future, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural
Synonyms: ΥΠΑΚΟΥΩ, ΕΝΤΕΛΛΟΜΑΙ
Etymology: The word ΠΕΙΘΑΡΧΕΩ is a compound of the Greek verb πείθω (peithō), meaning 'to persuade' or 'to obey', and the noun ἀρχή (archē), meaning 'rule', 'authority', or 'beginning'. Thus, it literally means 'to obey authority' or 'to be persuaded by rule'.
G3956
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: PAH-sin
Translations: to all, for all, with all, by all, in all
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'all' or 'every'. It is used to indicate totality or completeness, often modifying a noun to show that something applies to every member of a group or every part of a whole. In this dative plural form, it typically translates as 'to all', 'for all', 'with all', or 'in all', depending on the context.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine, Feminine or Neuter
Synonyms: ΟΛΟΣ, ΑΠΑΣ
G3727
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ohr-koh-moh-TAY-san
Translations: they swore, they took an oath, they made an oath
Notes: This word is a verb in the aorist active indicative, third person plural. It means 'they swore an oath' or 'they took an oath'. It describes the action of multiple people making a solemn promise or vow, often to God or by something sacred. It is used to indicate that a group of individuals collectively bound themselves by an oath.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Indicative, Third Person, Plural
Synonyms: ΟΜΝΥΜΙ, ΟΜΝΥΩ
Etymology: The word ὀρκωμοτέω (orkomoteo) is a compound verb derived from ὅρκος (horkos), meaning 'oath', and ὀμνύω (omnyo), meaning 'to swear'. It literally means 'to swear an oath'.
G4413
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective, Adverb
Sounds like: PRO-ton
Translations: first, foremost, chief, principal, a first thing, before, at the first, in the first place
Notes: This word means 'first' in terms of order, time, importance, or rank. As an adjective, it describes something as being the first of its kind or in a sequence. As an adverb, it indicates something happening initially or in the first instance. It can also refer to the chief or most important person or thing.
Inflection: Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative
Synonyms: ΑΡΧΗ, ΠΡΩΤΙΣΤΟΣ, ΠΡΟΤΕΡΟΣ
Etymology: The word 'πρῶτος' (prōtos) is a superlative form derived from the Proto-Indo-European root *pro- meaning 'forward, before'. It is related to the Greek preposition 'πρό' (pro), meaning 'before' or 'in front of'.
G3551
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: NOH-mon
Translations: law, a law, rule, principle
Notes: The word refers to a law, rule, or principle. In the context of the Bible, it often refers to the Mosaic Law or the Law of God, but it can also refer to a general principle or custom. It is used to denote a standard of conduct or a governing regulation.
Inflection: Singular, Masculine, Accusative
Synonyms: ΚΑΝΩΝ, ΔΙΚΑΙΩΜΑ, ΕΝΤΟΛΗ
Etymology: From a root meaning "to parcel out, distribute." It originally referred to anything assigned or apportioned, and later came to mean a custom, usage, or law.
G5087
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: EH-theh-toh
Translations: he placed, she placed, it placed, he put, she put, it put, he laid, she laid, it laid, he made, she made, it made, he appointed, she appointed, it appointed
Notes: This word is the third person singular aorist indicative form of the verb 'τίθημι' (tithemi), meaning 'to place,' 'to put,' 'to lay,' 'to make,' or 'to appoint.' It describes an action that occurred in the past, completed at a specific point in time. It can be used in sentences like 'He placed the book on the table' or 'She appointed him as leader.' The middle/passive voice suggests the subject either performed the action for themselves or had the action done to them.
Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Middle or Passive Voice, 3rd Person Singular
Synonyms: ἘΒΑΛΕΝ, ἘΠΟΙΗΣΕΝ, ἘΘΗΚΕΝ
G4352
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: pros-koo-NEH-in
Translations: to worship, to prostrate oneself, to bow down, to do obeisance
Notes: This word is a verb meaning to worship, to prostrate oneself, or to bow down in reverence or submission. It is often used in the context of religious worship towards God or a deity, but can also refer to showing respect or homage to a king or a person of authority. It is a compound word formed from πρός (pros), meaning 'towards', and κυνέω (kyneo), meaning 'to kiss' or 'to fawn'.
Inflection: Infinitive, Present, Active
Synonyms: ΣΕΒΟΜΑΙ, ΛΑΤΡΕΥΩ, ΤΙΜΑΩ
G3122
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: MA-lis-TA
Translations: especially, most, indeed, yes, certainly, above all
Notes: This word is an adverb meaning 'especially,' 'most,' or 'above all.' It is often used to emphasize a particular point or item in a list. It can also be used as a strong affirmation, meaning 'yes,' 'certainly,' or 'indeed.'
Inflection: Superlative form of ΜΑΛΑ; Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΜΑΛΛΟΝ, ΠΕΡΙΣΣΟΤΕΡΩΣ
Etymology: From the adverb ΜΑΛΑ (mala), meaning 'very' or 'much.' ΜΑΛΙΣΤΑ is its superlative form, indicating 'most' or 'very much so.'
G000125
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: ahee-GYP-toh
Translations: (to) Egypt
Notes: This word refers to the country of Egypt. It is used to indicate a location or destination, often translated with 'to' or 'in' when referring to movement towards or presence within the country.
Inflection: Singular, Dative, Feminine
Etymology: The word ΑἸΓΥΠΤΟΣ (Aigyptos) is of uncertain origin, possibly from an Egyptian name for the Nile or the city of Memphis. It was adopted into Greek and refers to the ancient land of Egypt.
G2313
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: theh-mis-TEV-oh-meh-NOHN
Translations: of those who are accustomed, of those who are in the habit, of those who are accustomed to worship, of those who are accustomed to practice, of those who are accustomed to observe
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'themisteuō', meaning 'to be accustomed', 'to be in the habit of', or 'to practice/observe a custom or law'. In this form, it refers to 'those who are accustomed' or 'those who are in the habit of' doing something, often related to religious or customary practices. It is used here in the genitive plural, indicating possession or association.
Inflection: Participle, Present, Middle/Passive, Genitive, Plural, Masculine or Neuter
Synonyms: ΕΘΙΖΟΜΕΝΩΝ, ΣΥΝΗΘΙΖΟΜΕΝΩΝ
Etymology: The verb θεμιστεύω (themisteuō) is derived from θέμις (themis), meaning 'custom', 'law', or 'divine ordinance'. It refers to acting according to established custom or divine law.
G2226
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: zoh-OHN
Translations: of living things, of animals, of creatures, of beasts
Notes: This word refers to living beings, creatures, or animals. It is often used in a general sense to describe any animate being, from humans to beasts. In the provided examples, it refers to 'living creatures' or 'animals'.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Neuter
Synonyms: ΘΗΡΙΟΝ, ΚΤΗΝΟΣ
G0568
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ah-pe-KHESTH-ai
Translations: to abstain, to keep oneself from, to refrain from, to hold oneself off
Notes: This word is a compound verb, formed from the preposition ἀπό (apo), meaning 'from' or 'away from', and the verb ἔχω (echō), meaning 'to have' or 'to hold'. In its middle or passive voice, it means 'to hold oneself away from' or 'to abstain from'. It is often used with a genitive case to indicate what one is abstaining from.
Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΑΦΙΣΤΑΜΑΙ, ΚΩΛΥΩ
Etymology: The verb ἀπέχω (apechō) is formed from the prefix ἀπό (apo), meaning 'from' or 'away from', and the verb ἔχω (echō), meaning 'to have' or 'to hold'.
G3367
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun, Adjective
Sounds like: may-DEH-nos
Translations: of no one, of nothing, of any, of anything
Notes: This word is the genitive singular form of the pronoun/adjective 'μηδείς' (mēdeis), meaning 'no one' or 'nothing'. It is used to indicate possession or relationship, similar to 'of no one' or 'of nothing' in English. It can also function as an adjective meaning 'no' or 'not any', agreeing in case, number, and gender with the noun it modifies. It is used in negative clauses, often following a negative particle like 'μή' (mē).
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter
Synonyms: ΟΥΔΕΝΟΣ, ΟΥΔΕΙΣ
G3956
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: PAN-ta
Translations: all, every, everything, all things
Notes: This word means 'all' or 'every'. In its plural neuter form, as seen here, it often translates to 'all things' or 'everything'. It is used to indicate totality or universality, referring to a complete set or collection of items or concepts.
Inflection: Plural, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative or Vocative
Synonyms: ΟΛΟΣ, ΑΠΑΣ
G2380
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: THOO-eh-in
Translations: to sacrifice, to offer sacrifice, to slay (for sacrifice)
Notes: This verb means to sacrifice, to offer a sacrifice, or to slay an animal for the purpose of sacrifice. It is commonly used in religious contexts, referring to the act of making an offering to a deity. For example, one might 'sacrifice' an animal or 'offer sacrifice' at an altar.
Inflection: Present, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΣΦΑΖΩ, ΠΡΟΣΦΕΡΩ
G0355
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ah-nah-LOO-n
Translations: to consume, to spend, to use up, to destroy
Notes: This word is the present active infinitive form of the verb ἀναλίσκω (analískō). It means to consume, spend, or use up, often implying destruction or complete expenditure. It can be used in contexts of spending money, consuming resources, or even destroying something.
Inflection: Present, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΔΑΠΑΝΑΩ, ΚΑΤΑΝΑΛΙΣΚΩ
G4886
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: soon-AP-tes-thai
Translations: to join together, to connect, to unite, to associate with, to be joined, to be connected, to be united, to be associated with
Notes: This word is a compound verb formed from the preposition σύν (syn, meaning 'with' or 'together') and the verb ἅπτω (hapto, meaning 'to fasten' or 'to touch'). It means to join or connect things or people together, to unite them, or to associate with someone. It can be used in various contexts to describe the act of bringing things into close proximity or relationship.
Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΕΝΟΩ, ΚΟΛΛΑΩ, ΣΥΝΔΕΩ
G3367
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun, Adjective
Sounds like: may-DEH-nee
Translations: to no one, to nothing, for no one, for nothing, by no one, by nothing, with no one, with nothing, in no one, in nothing
Notes: This word is an indefinite negative pronoun or adjective, meaning 'no one' or 'nothing'. It is used to express a complete absence or negation of something or someone. It is often used in prohibitions or to state that something is not done by anyone or to anything. As a pronoun, it stands in place of a noun, and as an adjective, it modifies a noun. It is a compound word formed from the negative particle ΜΗ (mē, 'not') and ΕΙΣ (heis, 'one').
Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
Synonyms: ΟΥΔΕΙΣ, ΟΥΔΕΝΙ
G4133
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb, Conjunction, Preposition
Sounds like: PLAYN
Translations: but, nevertheless, except, only, however, save, yet, notwithstanding, (except) for
Notes: This word functions as an adverb, conjunction, or preposition, indicating an exception, contrast, or limitation. As an adverb, it means 'nevertheless' or 'only'. As a conjunction, it means 'but' or 'however', introducing a contrasting statement. As a preposition, it means 'except' or 'save', typically followed by a genitive case, indicating exclusion.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΑΛΛΑ, ΕΙ ΜΗ, ΧΩΡΙΣ
Etymology: From an obsolete root, possibly related to πλῆθος (plēthos, 'multitude'), suggesting a sense of 'fullness' or 'completeness' from which something is excluded.
G4944
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: soon-oh-MOH-mos-meh-non
Translations: of those who have sworn together, of those who have taken an oath together, of those who are bound by an oath together
Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle, meaning 'of those who have sworn together' or 'of those who are bound by an oath together'. It describes a group of people who have collectively taken an oath or made a solemn promise. It is used to refer to the members of such a group.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter, Perfect Passive Participle
G5108
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: toy-OW-tah
Translations: such things, such, of such a kind, these things
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'such' or 'of such a kind'. It is used to refer to things that have been previously mentioned or are implied by the context, indicating their nature or quality. It often functions as a substantive, meaning 'such things' or 'people of such a kind'.
Inflection: Plural, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
Synonyms: ΟΙΟΣ, ΤΟΣΟΥΤΟΣ
G3550
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle, Verb
Sounds like: noh-moh-theh-TEH-sas
Translations: having legislated, having enacted laws, having given law
Notes: This word is an aorist active participle derived from the verb 'nomotheteō'. It describes an action completed in the past by the subject, indicating that they have performed the act of legislating or giving law. It is a compound word formed from 'nomos' (law) and 'tithēmi' (to place or set), literally meaning 'to place law'.
Inflection: Aorist Active Participle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative
Synonyms: ΘΕΣΠΙΣΑΣ, ΔΙΑΤΑΞΑΣ, ΕΝΤΕΙΛΑΜΕΝΟΣ
G4183
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: PLAY-stah
Translations: most, very many, very much, a most, the most
Notes: This word is the superlative form of the adjective 'ΠΟΛΥΣ' (polys), meaning 'much' or 'many'. As a superlative, it translates to 'most' or 'very many/much'. It is used to describe the greatest quantity or degree of something. For example, 'πλεῖστα χρήματα' would mean 'most money' or 'very much money'.
Inflection: Superlative, Feminine, Nominative or Accusative, Plural
Synonyms: ΠΑΜΠΟΛΥΣ, ΠΛΕΙΩΝ
Etymology: The word 'ΠΟΛΥΣ' (polys) comes from an ancient Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'much' or 'many'.
G0007
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun
Sounds like: ai-GYP-tee-oys
Translations: (to) Egyptians, (for) Egyptians
Notes: This word refers to people from Egypt. It is used here in the dative case, indicating the indirect object of an action, meaning 'to' or 'for' the Egyptians. It can function as an adjective describing something as Egyptian, or as a noun referring to the people themselves.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine
Etymology: From ΑἼΓΥΠΤΟΣ (Aigyptos), meaning 'Egypt'.
G1482
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: eh-this-MOYS
Translations: (to) customs, (to) habits, (to) traditions, customs, habits, traditions
Notes: This word refers to established practices, habits, or traditions. It describes the usual ways of doing things within a community or by an individual. It is used here in the dative case, indicating the indirect object of an action, often translated with 'to' or 'for', or simply as the direct object depending on the verb.
Inflection: Dative, Plural, Masculine
Synonyms: ΝΟΜΟΣ, ΕΘΟΣ, ΠΑΡΑΔΟΣΙΣ
G1727
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: eh-nan-tee-OO-meh-nah
Translations: opposing, being opposed, resisting, being contrary, being hostile
Notes: This word is a present middle/passive participle, meaning 'being opposed' or 'opposing oneself'. It describes an action of being in opposition or resistance to something or someone. It can be used to describe things that are contrary to each other, or people who are hostile or resistant.
Inflection: Present, Participle, Middle/Passive Voice, Nominative/Accusative/Vocative, Neuter, Plural
Synonyms: ΑΝΤΙΚΕΙΜΕΝΑ, ΑΝΘΙΣΤΑΜΕΝΑ
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: po-ly-KHEI-ri-a
Translations: many-handedness, multi-handedness, dexterity, skill, industry, busyness
Notes: This is a compound noun formed from 'πολύς' (polys), meaning 'many' or 'much', and 'χείρ' (cheir), meaning 'hand'. It literally translates to 'many-handedness'. It can refer to the quality of having many hands, or more figuratively, to great dexterity, skill, or industry, implying the ability to do many things or work diligently. It can also denote busyness or a multitude of tasks.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΕΥΧΕΙΡΙΑ, ΕΥΦΥΙΑ, ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ
Etymology: The word is a compound of the Greek adjective 'πολύς' (polys), meaning 'many, much', and the noun 'χείρ' (cheir), meaning 'hand'. It describes the state or quality of having many hands or being skilled with one's hands.
G4172
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: POH-leh-ohs
Translations: (of) a city, (of) the city, city, a city
Notes: This word is the genitive singular form of the noun 'πόλις' (polis), meaning 'city' or 'town'. It is used to indicate possession, origin, or relationship, often translated with 'of a city' or 'of the city'. For example, 'the walls of the city' or 'the people of the city'.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine
Synonyms: ΑΣΤΥ, ΚΩΜΗ
G1983
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ep-is-key-AH-zein
Translations: to repair, to prepare, to furnish, to equip
Notes: This word is a verb meaning to repair, prepare, or furnish. It implies making something ready or restoring it to a good condition. It can be used in contexts where something needs mending or equipping for a specific purpose.
Inflection: Present, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΚΑΤΑΣΚΕΥΑΖΩ, ΕΤΟΙΜΑΖΩ
G5038
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: TEI-khee
Translations: walls, a wall
Notes: This word refers to walls, typically those of a city or fortress, providing defense or enclosure. It is used in the plural form to denote multiple walls or the collective structure of a city's defenses.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΤΕΙΧΟΣ, ΤΕΙΧΙΟΝ
G4171
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: PO-le-mon
Translations: war, a war
Notes: This word refers to a state of armed conflict between different countries or groups. It is used to describe a battle or a prolonged struggle, often involving military action and violence. In a sentence, it would typically function as the direct object of a verb.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΜΑΧΗ, ΑΓΩΝ
G2092
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: eh-TOY-moos
Translations: ready, prepared, at hand
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'ready' or 'prepared'. It describes something or someone that is in a state of readiness for an action or event. It can be used to describe people who are prepared for battle, or things that are ready for use.
Inflection: Accusative, Plural, Masculine
Synonyms: ΕΥΘΕΤΟΣ, ΕΥΚΑΙΡΟΣ
G1096
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ghee-NES-thai
Translations: to become, to happen, to be, to come into being, to be born, to arise, to come to pass
Notes: This verb is very common in Koine Greek and has a broad range of meanings, primarily related to something coming into existence, happening, or changing state. It can describe a process of becoming, an event taking place, or a person being born. It is often used impersonally to mean 'it happened' or 'it came to pass'.
Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΓΕΝΝΑΩ, ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΣΥΜΒΑΙΝΩ
Etymology: The word ΓΙΝΟΜΑΙ comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *ǵenh₁-, meaning 'to produce, beget, give birth'. It is related to words like 'genesis' and 'generate' in English.
G4355
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb, Participle
Sounds like: pros-la-bo-MEH-nos
Translations: taking, taking to oneself, receiving, associating with, taking along, helping, assuming, admitting
Notes: This word is a compound verb formed from the preposition πρός (pros, meaning 'to, toward') and the verb λαμβάνω (lambanō, meaning 'to take, receive'). As a participle, it describes an action of taking or receiving, often with the nuance of taking something or someone to oneself, or associating with them. It can imply taking someone along as a companion, receiving someone into one's company, or even assuming a role or responsibility. It is used to describe an ongoing or completed action that functions adjectivally or adverbially in a sentence.
Inflection: Aorist, Middle Voice, Masculine, Singular, Nominative
Synonyms: ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ, ΔΕΧΟΜΑΙ, ΣΥΝΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ
Etymology: The word προσλαμβάνω is a compound of the preposition πρός (pros), meaning 'to, toward, in addition to', and the verb λαμβάνω (lambanō), meaning 'to take, receive'. The combination signifies taking something or someone to oneself or in addition to what one already has.
G3326
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition
Sounds like: meth
Translations: with, after, among, by, in company with
Notes: This is an elided form of the preposition 'μετά' (meta), which means 'with' or 'after'. The final alpha (α) is dropped when the next word begins with a vowel and a rough breathing mark (indicated by the 'θ' which is the first letter of the following word in the examples, 'θύμου'). It indicates association, accompaniment, or sequence in time or order. When used with the genitive case, it typically means 'with' or 'in company with'. When used with the accusative case, it typically means 'after' or 'behind'.
Inflection: Does not inflect (preposition, but this is an elided form)
Synonyms: ΣΥΝ, ΠΑΡΑ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *met- (among, with, in the middle of).
G1438
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Reflexive Pronoun
Sounds like: eh-ah-TOO
Translations: (of) himself, (of) herself, (of) itself, (of) themselves
Notes: This word is a reflexive pronoun, meaning it refers back to the subject of the sentence. It indicates that the action of the verb is directed back to the one performing it. For example, 'he washed himself'. It is a compound word formed from the personal pronoun 'αὐτός' (autos) and the reflexive pronoun 'ἑαυτοῦ' (heautou).
Inflection: Genitive, Singular, Masculine or Neuter. It can also be used for Feminine or Plural contexts, though the specific form 'ΕΑΥΤΟΥ' is genitive singular masculine/neuter.
Etymology: From the combination of the personal pronoun 'αὐτός' (autos, 'self') and the reflexive pronoun 'ἑαυτοῦ' (heautou, 'of self').
G3392
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb (Participle)
Sounds like: soom-meh-mee-am-MEH-non
Translations: of those who have been defiled, of those who have been polluted, of those who have been contaminated
Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle, meaning 'having been defiled' or 'having been polluted'. It describes a state of having been made unclean or impure, often in a moral or religious sense. As a genitive plural, it typically functions to describe the possessor or source, or is used after prepositions that take the genitive case, referring to a group of individuals who have undergone this defilement.
Inflection: Perfect, Passive, Participle, Genitive, Plural, Masculine or Neuter
Synonyms: ΜΟΛΥΝΩ, ΑΚΑΘΑΡΤΟΣ
G3992
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: eh-PEM-pse
Translations: he sent, she sent, it sent, to send
Notes: This word is the third person singular aorist active indicative form of the verb 'ΠΕΜΠΩ' (pempo), meaning 'to send' or 'to dispatch'. It describes an action of sending that occurred in the past and is completed. It is used when a single person or entity sent something or someone.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person, Singular
Synonyms: ΑΠΟΣΤΕΛΛΩ, ΣΤΕΛΛΩ, ΕΞΑΠΟΣΤΕΛΛΩ
G4243
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: PRES-bees
Translations: ambassadors, envoys, an ambassador, an envoy
Notes: This word refers to older men, elders, or representatives sent on a mission, such as ambassadors or envoys. It is typically used in the plural to denote a delegation or group of representatives. In a sentence, it would describe those who are sent to negotiate or deliver a message on behalf of another.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative or Accusative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΑΓΓΕΛΟΙ, ΚΗΡΥΚΕΣ
G5259
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition
Sounds like: hoo-POH
Translations: under, by, from, with, subject to, at the hand of
Notes: This word is a common preposition in Koine Greek. Its meaning varies depending on the grammatical case of the noun it governs. When used with the genitive case, it typically indicates the agent or cause ('by', 'from'). With the dative case, it denotes a static position 'under' something. When used with the accusative case, it signifies motion 'under' or 'into subjection to'.
Inflection: Does not inflect, but governs the Genitive, Dative, and Accusative cases.
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'under'. It is cognate with English 'up' and 'over', showing a shared root related to position.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: teth-MOH-seh-ohs
Translations: of establishment, of institution, of ordinance, of custom, of law
Notes: This word refers to the act of establishing, instituting, or ordaining something. It can also refer to a custom, an ordinance, or a law that has been established. It is used to describe the origin or foundation of a practice or rule.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine
Synonyms: ΝΟΜΟΣ, ΘΕΣΜΟΣ, ΔΙΑΤΑΓΜΑ
Etymology: The word ΤΕΘΜΩΣΙΣ is derived from the verb τίθημι (tithēmi), meaning 'to place, put, set, establish'. It refers to the act or result of setting something in place.
G0575
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: ah-peh-LA-then-tas
Translations: driven away, expelled, banished, those driven away, those expelled
Notes: This word is a compound participle, formed from the prefix ἀπό (apo), meaning 'from' or 'away from', and the verb ἐλαύνω (elauno), meaning 'to drive' or 'to push'. As a whole, it means 'to drive away' or 'to expel'. In this form, it describes people or things that have been driven away or expelled. It is used to refer to the ones who were driven away.
Inflection: Aorist, Passive, Participle, Accusative, Masculine, Plural
Synonyms: ἘΚΒΑΛΛΩ, ἘΞΩΘΕΩ, ἘΚΔΙΩΚΩ
G4166
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: poy-MEH-nas
Translations: shepherds
Notes: This word refers to those who tend sheep, a shepherd. In a broader sense, it can also refer to a leader or guide, someone who cares for and protects a group of people, much like a shepherd cares for a flock. It is used in the accusative case, indicating that it is the direct object of a verb or the object of a preposition.
Inflection: Accusative, Plural, Masculine
Synonyms: ΒΟΣΚΟΣ, ΑΡΧΙΠΟΙΜΗΝ
G2564
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb, Participle
Sounds like: ka-loo-MEH-nayn
Translations: called, named, being called, being named, the one called, the one named
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'καλέω' (kaleō), meaning 'to call' or 'to name'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective, describing someone or something that is being called or named. It can be used to introduce a descriptive phrase or clause, often indicating a characteristic or identity.
Inflection: Present, Passive, Accusative, Singular, Feminine
Synonyms: ΟΝΟΜΑΖΩ, ΠΡΟΣΑΓΟΡΕΥΩ
G2596
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition, Prefix
Sounds like: kath
Translations: according to, down, against, throughout, during, by, for, with respect to, concerning
Notes: This word is an elided form of the preposition 'κατά' (kata), which means 'down' or 'according to'. It is commonly used as a prefix in compound words or as a preposition governing various cases. When used as a preposition, it can indicate movement downwards, distribution, opposition, or a standard of comparison. For example, 'καθ' ἕνα' means 'one by one', and 'καθά' means 'just as' or 'according as'. The elision (dropping of the final vowel) occurs before a word beginning with a vowel and a rough breathing mark.
Inflection: Does not inflect (it is an elided form of a preposition)
Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣ, ΕΠΙ, ΔΙΑ
Etymology: The word 'κατά' (kata) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'down' or 'against'. It is a common preposition in ancient Greek, indicating various relationships of position, direction, or standard.
G0243
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: AL-looce
Translations: others, other, another, different
Notes: This word refers to 'other' people or things, distinct from those already mentioned or implied. It is used to indicate a different one or a different group. For example, it can be used in a sentence like 'He saw others' meaning he saw different people.
Inflection: Accusative, Plural, Masculine
Synonyms: ἙΤΕΡΟΣ
G4838
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: soon-ah-tee-MAS-then-tas
Translations: dishonored together, treated with contempt together, disgraced together
Notes: This word is a compound verb formed from 'σύν' (together with) and 'ἀτιμάζω' (to dishonor). It describes the action of being dishonored or treated with contempt in conjunction with others, or being dishonored in a collective manner. It implies a shared experience of disgrace or disrespect.
Inflection: Aorist, Passive, Participle, Masculine, Accusative, Plural
Synonyms: ΣΥΝΥΒΡΙΣΘΕΝΤΑΣ, ΣΥΝΕΞΟΥΘΕΝΗΘΕΝΤΑΣ
Etymology: The word ΣΥΝΑΤΙΜΑΩ is a compound of the preposition ΣΥΝ (syn), meaning 'with' or 'together', and the verb ΑΤΙΜΑΩ (atimáō), meaning 'to dishonor' or 'to treat with contempt'. The verb ΑΤΙΜΑΩ itself comes from the negative prefix 'ἀ-' (a-) and 'τιμάω' (timáō), meaning 'to honor'.
G1213
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: day-LOH-sas
Translations: having made clear, having declared, having shown, having revealed, having explained
Notes: This word is an aorist active participle derived from the verb 'δηλόω' (dēloō), meaning 'to make clear' or 'to show'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action that has been completed. It often translates as 'having made clear' or 'having declared', indicating a past action that has a bearing on the present situation.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative
Synonyms: ΦΑΝΕΡΟΩ, ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥΠΤΩ
Etymology: The verb 'δηλόω' (dēloō) comes from the adjective 'δῆλος' (dēlos), meaning 'clear' or 'evident'. It is formed by adding the verbal suffix '-όω' to the adjective, indicating the action of making something clear or evident.
G0515
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ay-KSEE-oo
Translations: was thinking worthy, was deeming worthy, was demanding, was asking, was requesting, was claiming, was expecting
Notes: This word is the imperfect active indicative form of the verb 'axioō'. It means 'to deem worthy,' 'to consider worthy,' 'to ask,' 'to request,' or 'to demand.' It describes an ongoing or repeated action in the past, indicating that someone was continuously or repeatedly considering something worthy, or making a request or demand. It often implies a sense of entitlement or a belief that one has a right to something.
Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Imperfect, Active, Indicative
Synonyms: ΑἸΤΈΩ, ΖΗΤΈΩ, ΔΈΟΜΑΙ
G4947
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: soon-ep-is-trah-TEH-oo-een
Translations: to campaign with, to make war together with, to serve in war with
Notes: This word is a compound verb meaning to campaign or make war together with someone. It describes the act of joining forces with others in a military expedition or conflict. It is used to indicate participation in a shared military endeavor.
Inflection: Present, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΣΥΜΜΑΧΕΩ, ΣΥΝΠΟΛΕΜΕΩ
Etymology: This is a compound verb formed from three parts: the prefix ΣΥΝ- (syn-), meaning 'with' or 'together'; the prefix ΕΠΙ- (epi-), meaning 'upon' or 'against'; and the verb ΣΤΡΑΤΕΥΩ (strateuō), meaning 'to make war' or 'to serve as a soldier'.
G3661
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: oh-moh-thoo-MAH-don
Translations: with one accord, unanimously, with one mind, together
Notes: This word describes an action performed by a group of people who are in complete agreement or have a single purpose. It emphasizes unity and harmony in their actions, meaning they act as if they have one shared spirit or intention. It is often used to describe a collective action where there is no dissent.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΠΑΝΤΕΣ, ΟΜΟΥ
Etymology: The word ΟΜΟΘΥΜΑΔΟΝ is derived from the adjective ΟΜΟΘΥΜΑΔΟΣ, which is a compound of ΟΜΟΣ (homos), meaning 'same' or 'one', and ΘΥΜΟΣ (thymos), meaning 'spirit', 'mind', or 'passion'. Thus, it literally means 'with the same spirit' or 'with one mind'.
G1863
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ep-AX-ayn
Translations: to bring upon, to bring in, to lead on, to inflict, to bring forward, to introduce
Notes: This word is the aorist or future active infinitive of the verb ἘΠΑΓΩ (epago). It is a compound verb formed from the preposition ἘΠΙ (epi), meaning 'upon' or 'to', and the verb ἈΓΩ (ago), meaning 'to lead' or 'to bring'. Therefore, it generally means 'to bring upon' or 'to lead to/into'. It can be used in various contexts, such as bringing something upon someone (like a punishment), bringing someone into a place, or leading an army forward.
Inflection: Aorist or Future, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣΑΓΩ, ΕἸΣΑΓΩ, ΦΕΡΩ
Etymology: The word ἘΠΑΓΩ is a compound of the preposition ἘΠΙ (epi), meaning 'upon' or 'to', and the verb ἈΓΩ (ago), meaning 'to lead' or 'to bring'. Its meaning is derived directly from the combination of these two elements.
G0846
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun
Sounds like: ow-TOOS
Translations: them, themselves, these, those
Notes: This word is the masculine accusative plural form of the pronoun 'αὐτός' (autos). It is used to refer to a group of male or mixed-gender individuals as the direct object of a verb or the object of a preposition. It can mean 'them' or, when used emphatically, 'themselves'.
Inflection: Plural, Accusative, Masculine
G1861
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ep-ang-GEI-la-to
Translations: he promised, she promised, it promised
Notes: This word means 'to promise' or 'to announce'. It is used to describe an action of making a promise or a declaration. It is a compound word formed from 'ἐπί' (upon, to) and 'ἀγγέλλω' (to announce, to report).
Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Middle Voice, Third Person Singular
Synonyms: ὈΜΝΥΜΙ, ΔΙΔΩΜΙ, ΛΕΓΩ
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: proh-goh-nee-KEEN
Translations: ancestral, traditional, a traditional, an ancestral
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'ancestral' or 'traditional'. It describes something that pertains to ancestors or is inherited from them, such as ancestral glory or traditional customs. It is used to modify a noun, agreeing with it in gender, number, and case.
Inflection: Feminine, Accusative, Singular
Synonyms: ΠΑΤΡΩΙΟΣ, ΠΑΛΑΙΟΣ
G3968
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: PAH-tree-dah
Translations: homeland, a homeland, fatherland, a fatherland, native country, a native country
Notes: This word refers to one's homeland, fatherland, or native country. It is used to denote the place of one's birth or origin, often carrying a sense of belonging or national identity. In a sentence, it would typically be used to refer to the country or region someone comes from or belongs to.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΓΕΝΕΣΙΣ, ΓΕΝΕΑ
G2039
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun
Sounds like: eh-pee-TEE-day-ah
Translations: suitable, fit, proper, convenient, necessary, useful, provisions, necessities, supplies, a provision, a necessity, a supply
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning suitable, fit, or proper. In its neuter plural form, as seen here, it often functions as a noun meaning 'provisions,' 'necessities,' or 'supplies' – things that are suitable or necessary for a particular purpose, such as food, equipment, or resources. It describes something that is appropriate or useful for a given situation or need.
Inflection: Neuter, Plural, Nominative or Accusative
Synonyms: ἈΝΑΓΚΑΙΟΣ, ΧΡΗΣΙΜΟΣ, ΕΥ̓ΘΕΤΟΣ
G3793
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: O-KHLOYS
Translations: to crowds, for crowds, with crowds, among crowds
Notes: This word refers to a crowd, multitude, or throng of people. It is often used to describe a large gathering, especially of common people. In this inflected form, it indicates the dative plural, meaning 'to/for/with/among crowds', depending on the context and the preposition it might be used with.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΠΛΗΘΟΣ, ΛΑΟΣ, ΔΗΜΟΣ
G3930
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: par-EX-ayn
Translations: to provide, to furnish, to supply, to offer, to grant, to cause, to present, to afford
Notes: This word is the present active infinitive form of the verb παρέχω (parechō). It means 'to provide' or 'to furnish' something to someone. It can also mean 'to offer' or 'to grant' a benefit or service. In a broader sense, it can imply 'to cause' or 'to present' a certain state or condition. It is often used in contexts where one person or entity makes something available to another.
Inflection: Present, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΔΙΔΩΜΙ, ΠΑΡΑΣΧΕΙΝ, ΠΟΙΕΩ
Etymology: The word παρέχω (parechō) is a compound verb formed from the preposition παρά (para), meaning 'beside' or 'alongside', and the verb ἔχω (echō), meaning 'to have' or 'to hold'. Thus, its literal meaning is 'to hold alongside' or 'to have ready', which evolved into 'to provide' or 'to furnish'.
G0862
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: AF-tho-nos
Translations: generously, abundantly, ungrudgingly, freely
Notes: This word is an adverb meaning 'generously' or 'abundantly'. It describes an action done without envy, grudging, or scarcity, implying a liberal and plentiful giving or distribution. It can be used to describe how something is given or provided in a bountiful manner.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΠΛΟΥΣΙΩΣ, ΔΑΨΙΛΩΣ, ΕΥ̓ΡΥΧΩΡΩΣ
G5225
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: hoo-per-ma-KHE-ses-thai
Translations: to fight for, to defend, to contend for, to protect
Notes: This word is a compound verb formed from 'ὑπέρ' (hyper), meaning 'over' or 'on behalf of', and 'μάχομαι' (machomai), meaning 'to fight'. It means to fight on behalf of someone or something, to defend, or to contend for. It implies taking up a struggle or battle for the sake of another or a cause. In this form, it is a future infinitive, indicating an action of fighting for that is yet to happen.
Inflection: Future, Middle, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΑΜΥΝΩ, ΒΟΗΘΕΩ, ΠΡΟΣΤΑΤΕΥΩ
Etymology: The word is a compound of the preposition ΥΠΕΡ (hyper), meaning 'over, above, on behalf of', and the verb ΜΑΧΟΜΑΙ (machomai), meaning 'to fight, contend'. The prefix 'hyper-' intensifies or specifies the direction of the fighting, indicating a struggle undertaken for the benefit or defense of something or someone.
G1163
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: DEH-oy
Translations: it is necessary, it is proper, it is fitting, one must, one ought
Notes: This word is an impersonal verb, meaning 'it is necessary' or 'it is proper'. It often indicates a moral or logical obligation, or what is fitting in a given situation. It is typically used with an infinitive or a clause to express what needs to be done or what ought to happen.
Inflection: Third Person Singular, Present Optative, Active Voice
Synonyms: ΧΡΗ, ΠΡΟΣΗΚΕΙ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *deh₁- 'to bind'. In Koine Greek, it evolved to mean 'to lack, to need', and impersonally, 'it is necessary'.
G4472
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: rah-DEE-ohs
Translations: easily, readily, quickly, without difficulty
Notes: This word is an adverb meaning 'easily' or 'readily'. It describes an action that is performed without much effort or resistance. For example, one might say something can be done 'easily' or 'without difficulty'. It can also imply 'quickly' in the sense of something being done without delay due to ease.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΕΥΚΟΛΩΣ, ΤΑΧΕΩΣ
Etymology: From the adjective ῥᾴδιος (rhadios), meaning 'easy' or 'ready'.
G5259
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: hoo-po-KHEI-ree-on
Translations: subject, under control, in hand, in one's power, subdued
Notes: This word describes something or someone that is under the control or power of another. It implies being subject to authority or being in a state of submission. It is often used to describe a person, city, or land that has been conquered or brought under dominion.
Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
Synonyms: ΥΠΟΤΑΚΤΟΣ, ΔΟΥΛΟΣ, ΥΠΗΚΟΟΣ
Etymology: The word Ὑποχείριος (hypocheirios) is a compound word formed from the preposition ὑπό (hypo), meaning 'under', and χείρ (cheir), meaning 'hand'. Thus, it literally means 'under hand', referring to being under someone's control or power.
G4160
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: poy-AY-sane
Translations: to make, to do, to produce, to create, to perform
Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to make' or 'to do'. It is used to describe the act of bringing something into existence, performing an action, or carrying out a task. It can also mean to produce or create. For example, it can be used in phrases like 'to make a covenant' or 'to do good works'.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΕΡΓΑΖΟΜΑΙ, ΤΙΘΗΜΙ, ΚΤΙΖΩ
G5248
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: hoo-per-KHA-reess
Translations: overjoyed, exceedingly joyful, very glad, overjoyed ones, exceedingly joyful ones
Notes: This word is a compound adjective meaning "overjoyed" or "exceedingly joyful." It describes someone who is filled with extreme happiness or gladness. It is used to describe people who are in a state of great elation.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative or Accusative, Masculine or Feminine
Synonyms: ΑΓΑΛΛΙΩ, ΕΥΦΡΑΙΝΩ, ΧΑΙΡΩ
Etymology: The word ΥΠΕΡΧΑΡΗΣ (hypercharēs) is a compound word formed from the preposition ΥΠΕΡ (hyper), meaning "over" or "beyond," and ΧΑΡΗΣ (charēs), meaning "joyful" or "glad." The root ΧΑΡΗΣ comes from ΧΑΡΑ (chara), meaning "joy."
G1096
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb, Participle
Sounds like: geh-NO-meh-noy
Translations: having become, being, having come to pass, having arisen, having been born, having happened
Notes: This word is an aorist middle participle derived from the verb 'γίνομαι' (ginomai), meaning 'to become,' 'to come into being,' 'to happen,' or 'to be born.' As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action that has already occurred or a state that has been achieved. It often translates as 'having become' or 'those who have become,' indicating a completed action that results in a new state or identity.
Inflection: Aorist, Middle Voice, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural
Synonyms: ΓΕΓΟΝΟΤΕΣ, ΕΓΕΝΟΝΤΟ
G3956
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: PAN-tes
Translations: all, every, whole
Notes: This word means 'all' or 'every'. It is used to indicate the totality or completeness of a group or quantity, often referring to 'all' members of a set or 'every' single item. It can also mean 'whole' when referring to a single entity.
Inflection: Nominative, Masculine, Plural
Synonyms: HOLOS
G4390
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: pro-THOO-mos
Translations: willingly, eagerly, readily, cheerfully
Notes: This word is an adverb meaning 'willingly' or 'eagerly'. It describes an action performed with a ready and cheerful disposition, indicating a positive and unhesitating attitude towards something. It is often used to emphasize the enthusiasm with which an action is carried out.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΕΚΟΥΣΙΩΣ, ΕΤΟΙΜΩΣ
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Numeral
Sounds like: KAH
Translations: twenty
Notes: This is the Greek letter Kappa (Κ) followed by a keraia (΄), which is a mark used in ancient Greek to indicate that a letter represents a number. In this case, Κ΄ represents the number 20. It is used in contexts where a numerical value of twenty is needed.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Etymology: The letter Kappa (Κ) is derived from the Phoenician letter kaph. The keraia (΄) is a diacritical mark used to denote numbers.
G0435
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: an-DROHN
Translations: of men
Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of the noun 'ΑΝΗΡ' (anēr), which means 'man' or 'husband'. In this form, it indicates possession or origin, often translated as 'of men' or 'belonging to men'. It is used to refer to adult males collectively.
Inflection: Genitive, Plural, Masculine
Synonyms: ΑΝΘΡΩΠΩΝ, ΒΡΟΤΩΝ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'man'.
G4916
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: soon-ex-OR-may-san
Translations: they rushed out together, they sallied forth together, they set out together
Notes: This is a compound verb formed from three parts: σύν (together with), ἐκ (out of), and ὁρμάω (to set in motion, to rush). It means to rush out together, to sally forth as a group, or to set out jointly. It describes a collective and sudden movement, often with a sense of purpose or urgency.
Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Active, 3rd Person Plural
Synonyms: ΕΞΟΡΜΑΩ, ΣΥΝΕΞΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΣΥΝΕΚΠΟΡΕΥΟΜΑΙ
G4183
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb, Adjective
Sounds like: PO-loo
Translations: much, many, great, greatly, often, a lot
Notes: This word is commonly used to indicate a large quantity, degree, or frequency. As an adverb, it means 'much,' 'greatly,' or 'often,' modifying verbs or adjectives. As an adjective, it means 'much' (for singular nouns) or 'many' (for plural nouns), describing the quantity of something. It can also mean 'great' in terms of size or importance.
Inflection: Neuter, Singular (as adjective); Does not inflect (as adverb)
Synonyms: ΠΟΛΛΑ, ΠΛΕΙΟΝ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'much' or 'many'. It is a very common word across various Indo-European languages.
G2240
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: EE-kon
Translations: they came, they had come, they arrived, they had arrived
Notes: This word is the third person plural imperfect or aorist indicative form of the verb ἥκω (hēkō), meaning 'to come' or 'to arrive'. It describes an action of coming or arriving that occurred in the past, either as a continuous action (imperfect) or a completed action (aorist). It is used to indicate that a group of people or things came to a certain place or state.
Inflection: Third Person, Plural, Indicative, Imperfect or Aorist
Synonyms: ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΓΙΝΟΜΑΙ
Etymology: The verb ἥκω (hēkō) is of uncertain origin, possibly related to ἵκω (hikō), meaning 'to come'.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: Ah-meh-NOH-fis
Translations: Amenophis
Notes: Amenophis is a proper noun, specifically the Hellenized name of several ancient Egyptian pharaohs of the Eighteenth Dynasty. It is used to refer to these historical figures. For example, one might say 'Amenophis ruled for X years.'
Inflection: Singular, Nominative
Etymology: The name ἈΜΕΝΩΦΙΣ is a Greek transliteration of the ancient Egyptian name 'Amenhotep', meaning 'Amun is content'.
G4441
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: eh-PYOO-theh-toh
Translations: he learned, he inquired, he heard, he found out
Notes: This word is the third person singular aorist middle indicative form of the verb 'πυνθάνομαι' (punthanomai), meaning 'to learn by inquiry,' 'to inquire,' 'to hear,' or 'to find out.' It describes an action completed in the past, where the subject gained knowledge or information, often through asking or investigation. It can be used in sentences like 'He learned the news' or 'He inquired about the matter.'
Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Middle, Indicative
Synonyms: ΜΑΝΘΑΝΩ, ΑΚΟΥΩ, ΓΙΝΩΣΚΩ
Etymology: The word πυνθάνομαι (punthanomai) comes from an ancient Indo-European root related to 'to ask' or 'to inquire.' It is connected to the idea of seeking knowledge or information.
G1565
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun, Adjective
Sounds like: eh-KAY-nohn
Translations: of those, of them, those
Notes: This word is a demonstrative pronoun or adjective, meaning 'that' or 'those'. In this inflected form, it indicates possession or origin, translating to 'of those' or 'of them'. It is used to refer to people or things that are distant in space or time, or to distinguish them from others. For example, it might be used in a phrase like 'the houses of those people' or 'the events of those days'.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter
Synonyms: ΑΥΤΩΝ, ΤΟΥΤΩΝ
G2198
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: EH-fo-don
Translations: attack, assault, approach, a visit, an incursion, a going to
Notes: This word is a compound noun, formed from the preposition 'ἐπί' (upon, to) and 'ὁδός' (way, road). It refers to a going to or an approach, often with the connotation of an attack or assault, especially in a military context. It can also mean a visit or an incursion. It is used to describe the act of moving towards something or someone, often with a specific purpose.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΕΠΙΘΕΣΙΣ, ΠΡΟΣΒΟΛΗ, ΕΠΙΔΡΟΜΗ
Etymology: From Ancient Greek ἔφοδος (ephodos), from ἐπί (epi, “upon, to”) + ὁδός (hodos, “way, road”).
G3357
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: meh-TREE-ohs
Translations: moderately, in moderation, reasonably, fairly, tolerably
Notes: This word describes an action or state that is done or exists in a moderate, reasonable, or tolerable degree. It implies a sense of balance, avoiding extremes, and can also suggest something that is just good enough or acceptable.
Inflection: Does not inflect (adverbial form of the adjective ΜΕΤΡΙΟΣ)
Synonyms: ΕΥΛΟΓΩΣ, ΕΠΙΕΙΚΩΣ
G4797
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: soon-ekh-YOO-thay
Translations: he was confused, he was confounded, he was thrown into confusion, he was disturbed
Notes: ΣΥΝΕΧΥΘΗ is the 3rd person singular, aorist passive indicative form of the verb ΣΥΓΧΕΩ (sygcheō). It is a compound word formed from the preposition ΣΥΝ (syn), meaning 'with' or 'together,' and the verb ΧΕΩ (cheō), meaning 'to pour.' Literally, it means 'to pour together' or 'to mix up.' In a figurative sense, it means 'to confuse,' 'to confound,' 'to throw into disorder,' or 'to disturb.' This form indicates that 'he,' 'she,' or 'it' was subjected to this action, meaning they became confused or were thrown into a state of disorder.
Inflection: Aorist, Passive, Indicative, 3rd Person, Singular
Synonyms: ΤΑΡΑΣΣΩ, ΘΟΡΥΒΕΩ, ΣΥΓΚΥΝΩ
G3844
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition
Sounds like: pah-RAH
Translations: from, by, with, beside, at, near, alongside, to
Notes: This word is a common preposition in Koine Greek. Its meaning changes depending on the case of the noun it governs. With the genitive case, it typically means 'from' or 'from beside', indicating origin or agency. With the dative case, it means 'with', 'beside', or 'at', indicating proximity or presence. With the accusative case, it means 'alongside', 'to', or 'past', indicating motion towards or along something.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣ, ΕΠΙ, ΥΠΟ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'beside', 'alongside'. It is cognate with English 'for' and 'from'.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: ah-men-OH-feh-ohss
Translations: Amenophis, of Amenophis
Notes: This is a proper noun, specifically the name of an Egyptian pharaoh. It refers to one of the pharaohs named Amenhotep, often transliterated as Amenophis in Greek texts. The name is used to identify a specific historical figure.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine
Etymology: The name 'Amenophis' is the Greek transliteration of the ancient Egyptian name 'Amenhotep', meaning 'Amun is content'. It was the name of several pharaohs of the New Kingdom of Egypt.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: PAH-pee-oss
Translations: Paapios
Notes: This word appears to be a proper noun, likely a personal name. The spelling 'ΠΑΑΠΙΟΣ' with a double alpha (ΑΑ) is unusual for standard Koine Greek and suggests it might be a transliteration of a foreign name, possibly Egyptian, into Greek. It is likely a variant or misspelling of a name like 'Papias' or 'Papios'. Given the context provided, it refers to an individual.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine
Etymology: This word is likely a transliteration of a foreign name into Greek, possibly Egyptian. Its exact etymology is not clearly documented as a standard Greek word.
G3403
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: mnays-THAYS
Translations: having remembered, remembering, being reminded, when he remembered, to remember
Notes: This word is an aorist passive participle, meaning 'having remembered' or 'being reminded'. It describes an action that has already occurred and often functions adverbially, indicating the time or cause of the main verb's action. It can be translated in various ways depending on context, such as 'when he remembered' or 'after he was reminded'.
Inflection: Singular, Aorist, Passive, Masculine, Nominative
Synonyms: ΜΕΜΝΗΜΑΙ, ΕΝΘΥΜΕΟΜΑΙ
Etymology: The word μιμνήσκω (mimnēskō) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *men- (to think, remember). It is a reduplicated form, emphasizing the action of remembering.
G4260
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: pro-dee-LOH-seh-ohs
Translations: of a showing forth, of a clear manifestation, of a previous declaration, of a pre-showing
Notes: This word is a noun that refers to the act of making something clearly visible, evident, or known beforehand. It implies a prior revelation or a clear demonstration of something that was previously hidden or unclear. It is used to describe the process or result of bringing something into plain sight or declaring it in advance.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine
Synonyms: ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥΨΕΩΣ, ΦΑΝΕΡΩΣΕΩΣ
G4863
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: soon-ah-gah-GOHN
Translations: having gathered, having brought together, having assembled
Notes: This word is an aorist active participle of the verb 'to gather' or 'to bring together'. It describes an action completed in the past by the subject, indicating that the subject 'having gathered' or 'having assembled' something or someone, then proceeded to do something else. It implies a completed action that precedes the main verb of the sentence.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative
Synonyms: ΑΓΕΙΡΩ, ΣΥΛΛΕΓΩ, ΣΥΝΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ
G1011
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb (Participle)
Sounds like: boo-LEH-oo-sah-MEH-nos
Translations: having planned, having deliberated, having counseled, having resolved, having decided
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'ΒΟΥΛΕΥΩ', meaning 'to plan' or 'to deliberate'. As a perfect middle/passive participle, it describes an action that has been completed by the subject (middle voice) or has been done to the subject (passive voice), with the result continuing into the present. It indicates that someone has taken counsel, made a decision, or formed a plan.
Inflection: Masculine, Singular, Nominative, Perfect, Middle/Passive, Participle
Synonyms: ΒΟΥΛΕΥΘΕΙΣ, ΣΥΜΒΟΥΛΕΥΣΑΜΕΝΟΣ
G3326
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition, Adverb
Sounds like: MEH-tah
Translations: with, among, after, behind, afterward, besides
Notes: ΜΕΤΑ is a versatile word that functions as both a preposition and an adverb. As a preposition, its meaning depends on the case of the noun it governs: when followed by a genitive noun, it means 'with' or 'among', indicating association or presence; when followed by an accusative noun, it means 'after' or 'behind', indicating sequence or pursuit. As an adverb, it typically means 'afterward' or 'besides'. It is a very common word in Koine Greek.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΣΥΝ, ΟΠΙΣΩ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *met- 'in the middle, among, with'. It is cognate with English 'mid' and 'middle'.
G5124
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun, Adjective
Sounds like: TOO-toys
Translations: (to) these, (for) these, (with) these, (by) these
Notes: This word is the dative plural form of the demonstrative pronoun/adjective meaning 'this' or 'that'. It points to something specific, indicating 'these things' or 'these people'. As a dative case, it often indicates the indirect object of a verb, the recipient of an action, or the means/instrument by which something is done. It can be translated as 'to these', 'for these', 'with these', or 'by these', depending on the context.
Inflection: Dative, Plural, All genders (Masculine, Feminine, Neuter)
Synonyms: ΟΥ͂ΤΟΙ, ἘΚΕΊΝΟΙΣ
G2232
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: hay-geh-MO-nohn
Translations: of leaders, of rulers, of governors, of commanders
Notes: This word refers to those who lead, rule, or command. It is used to describe individuals in positions of authority, such as governors, military commanders, or heads of state. It is a genitive plural form, indicating possession or relationship, often translated as 'of leaders' or 'belonging to rulers'.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine
Synonyms: ΑΡΧΟΝΤΩΝ, ΚΥΡΙΩΝ, ΔΥΝΑΣΤΩΝ
Etymology: From the verb ἡγέομαι (hēgeomai), meaning 'to lead, to guide, to think, to consider'.
G2413, G2411
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun
Sounds like: ee-eh-RAH
Translations: holy, sacred, a holy thing, sacred things, temple, a temple
Notes: This word can function as an adjective meaning 'holy' or 'sacred'. When used as a noun, it typically refers to 'sacred things' or 'holy places', often specifically a 'temple' or 'sanctuary'. It describes anything set apart for divine use or associated with religious practices.
Inflection: Feminine, Nominative or Vocative or Accusative, Singular; or Neuter, Nominative or Accusative, Plural
Synonyms: ΑΓΙΟΣ, ΟΣΙΟΣ
Etymology: The word ἱερά (hiera) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *ish₂ros, meaning 'sacred, powerful'. It is related to words signifying strength and divine power.
G2226
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ZOH-ah
Translations: living creatures, animals, beasts
Notes: The word "ζῷα" refers to living beings or creatures, often translated as "animals" or "beasts." It is the plural form of "ζῷον" (zōon). It can be used to describe any animate being, from insects to larger mammals, and in some contexts, even celestial beings or symbolic creatures in apocalyptic literature. It functions as a noun in a sentence, typically as the subject or object.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΘΗΡΙΑ
G4413
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective, Adverb
Sounds like: PRO-tah
Translations: first, foremost, chief, principal, first things, firstly, at first, before
Notes: This word can function as an adjective or an adverb. As an adjective, it means 'first,' 'foremost,' 'chief,' or 'principal,' referring to something that is initial in time, order, or importance. In its neuter plural form, it can refer to 'the first things.' As an adverb, it means 'firstly,' 'at first,' or 'before,' indicating the initial action or position in a sequence.
Inflection: Neuter, Plural, Nominative or Accusative (as an adjective); Does not inflect (as an adverb)
Synonyms: ΠΡΩΤΟΣ, ΠΡΩΤΟΝ, ΠΡΩΤΩΣ
G2413
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: hee-eh-ROYS
Translations: holy, sacred, consecrated, a holy thing, sacred things
Notes: This word describes something as holy, sacred, or consecrated, often referring to places, objects, or persons dedicated to a deity or religious purpose. It can also refer to the temple or sacred precincts themselves. In the provided examples, it refers to 'sacred places' or 'holy vessels'.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
Synonyms: ΑΓΙΟΣ, ΟΣΙΟΣ
G5091
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: tee-MOH-meh-nah
Translations: being honored, being valued, being esteemed, things being honored, things being valued, things being esteemed
Notes: This word is a present passive participle derived from the verb 'τιμάω' (timaō), meaning 'to honor' or 'to value'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or a noun, describing something that is currently in the process of being honored, valued, or esteemed. In this form, it refers to multiple things that are receiving honor or value.
Inflection: Present, Passive, Participle, Neuter, Nominative/Accusative/Vocative, Plural
Synonyms: ΕΝΤΙΜΑΩ, ΣΕΒΑΖΩ
Etymology: The word 'τιμάω' (timaō) comes from 'τιμή' (timē), meaning 'honor' or 'value'. Its origin can be traced back to Proto-Indo-European roots related to 'to cut' or 'to divide', which evolved to signify 'apportionment' and then 'value' or 'honor'.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Letter, Numeral
Sounds like: GAM-ma
Translations: Gamma, three
Notes: Γ (gamma) is the third letter of the Greek alphabet. In the ancient Greek numeral system, it represents the number three. It is used in various contexts, including as a symbol in mathematics and science, and as a letter in words.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Etymology: The letter Gamma is derived from the Phoenician letter gimel, which represented a camel or a throwing stick.
G3343
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: meh-tep-EM-psah-toh
Translations: he sent for, he summoned, he called for
Notes: This word is a compound verb, formed from the preposition μετά (meta, 'with, after') and the verb πέμπω (pempo, 'to send'). It means 'to send for' or 'to summon' someone. It is used to describe the action of calling someone to come to oneself, often with authority or urgency. For example, 'he sent for the physician' or 'he summoned the elders'.
Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Middle, Third Person Singular
Synonyms: ΚΑΛΕΩ, ΠΡΟΣΚΑΛΕΩ
Etymology: The word ΜΕΤΑΠΕΜΠΩ is a compound of the preposition ΜΕΤΑ (meta), meaning 'with' or 'after', and the verb ΠΕΜΠΩ (pempo), meaning 'to send'. The combination conveys the idea of sending for someone to come to oneself.
G3313
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: MEH-ross
Translations: part, a part, share, a share, portion, a portion, region, a region, side, a side
Notes: This word refers to a part, share, or portion of something. It can also denote a region or a side. It is commonly used to indicate a division or segment of a whole, or a specific area or direction.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΜΟΙΡΑ, ΚΛΗΡΟΣ, ΤΜΗΜΑ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *smer- 'to allot, assign'. It is related to the verb μείρομαι (meiromai), meaning 'to receive one's share'.
G2409
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ee-eh-REH-see
Translations: (to) priests, (to) a priest
Notes: This word refers to priests, individuals who perform religious rites and sacrifices. In Koine Greek, it is often used in the context of Jewish or pagan priests. The form ΙΕΡΕΥΣΙ is a dative plural, indicating the indirect object of an action, meaning 'to priests' or 'for priests'.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΟΙ, ΘΥΤΗΡΕΣ
G3853
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: par-ang-GEL-len
Translations: commanded, ordered, instructed, charged, gave orders, gave instructions
Notes: This word is the third person singular imperfect active indicative form of the verb 'παραγγέλλω'. It describes an action of commanding, ordering, or instructing that was ongoing or repeated in the past. It implies a directive given with authority, often with a sense of urgency or importance. It can be used to describe someone giving a command to another person or a group.
Inflection: Imperfect, Indicative, Active, 3rd Person Singular
Synonyms: ΕΝΤΕΛΛΟΜΑΙ, ΚΕΛΕΥΩ, ΠΡΟΣΤΑΤΤΩ
G0795
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: as-fah-LES-tah-tah
Translations: most safely, most securely, most certainly, most surely
Notes: This word is the superlative form of the adverb 'ἀσφαλῶς' (asphalōs), meaning 'safely' or 'securely'. As a superlative, it intensifies the meaning to 'most safely' or 'most securely'. It describes an action performed with the highest degree of safety, certainty, or security. For example, it could be used to describe guarding something 'most safely' or establishing something 'most certainly'.
Inflection: Superlative, Adverb
Synonyms: ΒΕΒΑΙΟΤΑΤΑ, ΣΤΕΡΕΩΣ
G4779
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: soong-KROOP-sai
Translations: to hide together, to conceal, to keep secret
Notes: This is a compound verb formed from 'σύν' (together with) and 'κρύπτω' (to hide). It means to hide something in conjunction with something else, or to completely conceal or keep secret. It implies a thorough or collective act of hiding. It can be used in sentences where one person or a group of people are trying to keep something out of sight or unknown to others.
Inflection: Aorist Active Infinitive
Synonyms: ΚΡΥΠΤΩ, ΑΠΟΚΡΥΠΤΩ, ΚΑΛΥΠΤΩ
Etymology: The word ΣΥΓΚΡΥΠΤΩ is a compound verb derived from the preposition σύν (syn), meaning 'with' or 'together', and the verb κρύπτω (krypto), meaning 'to hide' or 'to conceal'.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: KSO-ah-nah
Translations: wooden images, idols, statues
Notes: This word refers to wooden images, often uncarved or roughly hewn, that were worshipped as idols or statues, particularly in ancient Greek religious contexts. It is the plural form of the noun 'ξόανον' (xoanon).
Inflection: Plural, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
Synonyms: ΑΓΑΛΜΑΤΑ, ΕΙΚΟΝΕΣ
Etymology: The word 'ξόανον' (xoanon) is derived from the Greek verb 'ξέω' (xeō), meaning 'to scrape, to carve, to smooth'. It refers to something that has been scraped or carved, specifically a wooden image or statue.
G5207
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: wee-ON
Translations: son, a son
Notes: This word refers to a male offspring or descendant. It can be used literally for a biological son, or more broadly for someone who is a descendant or follower. It is often used in the context of family relationships or lineage.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΤΕΚΝΟΝ, ΠΑΙΣ
G4474
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: rah-MES-say
Translations: Rameses, Raamses
Notes: Rameses is a proper noun referring to a city in ancient Egypt. It was one of the store cities built for Pharaoh by the Israelites, and it is also mentioned as the starting point for the Exodus of the Israelites from Egypt. It is used to denote the location from which an action originates.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive
Etymology: The name 'Rameses' is of Egyptian origin, derived from the name of the pharaoh Ramesses II, meaning 'Ra has fashioned him'.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: RAP-see-oos
Translations: Raphsous
Notes: This is a proper noun, specifically a male personal name. It appears to be a name of Egyptian origin, possibly referring to a historical or mythological figure. In the provided context, it is used to identify the father of Rameses.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine
Etymology: The etymology of 'Raphsous' is likely rooted in ancient Egyptian names, though specific details are not readily available in Greek etymological sources. It is a transliteration of an Egyptian name into Greek.
G3687
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle, Adjective
Sounds like: oh-no-MAS-meh-non
Translations: named, called, designated, a named thing, a designated thing
Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle, meaning 'having been named' or 'that which has been named'. It describes something that has received a name or designation. It can function adjectivally, modifying a noun, or substantively, referring to 'the one named' or 'the thing named'.
Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative, Perfect, Passive
Synonyms: ΚΕΚΛΗΜΕΝΟΝ, ΠΡΟΣΑΓΟΡΕΥΟΜΕΝΟΝ
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: pen-TAH-eh-tay
Translations: five-year, of five years, lasting five years
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'five-year' or 'lasting five years'. It is a compound word formed from 'πέντε' (pente), meaning 'five', and 'ἔτος' (etos), meaning 'year'. It is used to describe something that spans or relates to a period of five years, such as a five-year festival or a five-year period of time.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine or Feminine
Etymology: The word ΠΕΝΤΑΕΤΗΣ is a compound of πέντε (pente), meaning 'five', and ἔτος (etos), meaning 'year'. It describes something related to a five-year period.
G5607
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: ON-tah
Translations: being, existing, things that are, beings, real things
Notes: This word is the present active participle of the verb 'to be' (εἰμί). It describes something that is or exists. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or a noun, indicating a state of being or existence. It can refer to 'those who are' or 'things that are', depending on the context and gender.
Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter Plural; or Accusative, Masculine or Feminine, Plural
Synonyms: ὙΠΑΡΧΟΝΤΑ, ΓΙΝΟΜΕΝΑ
Etymology: The word εἰμί (eimi) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *h₁es- meaning 'to be'. It is a fundamental verb in many Indo-European languages.
G1620
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ex-ETH-eh-toh
Translations: he set forth, he explained, he declared, he published, he exposed, he abandoned
Notes: This word is a form of the verb 'ektithēmi', meaning 'to set out, expose, explain, declare, or abandon'. It is used to describe the action of putting something out for public view or understanding, such as a decree, an explanation, or even a child. In the provided context, it refers to setting forth or publishing a decree.
Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Indicative, Middle or Passive Voice
Synonyms: ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥΠΤΩ, ΔΗΛΟΩ, ΦΑΝΕΡΟΩ
Etymology: The word ἐκτίθημι (ektithēmi) is a compound word formed from the preposition ἐκ (ek), meaning 'out of' or 'from', and the verb τίθημι (tithēmi), meaning 'to place' or 'to set'.
G5384
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun
Sounds like: FEE-lon
Translations: dear, beloved, friendly, a friend, a dear one, a loved one
Notes: This word can function as an adjective meaning 'dear,' 'beloved,' or 'friendly,' or as a noun meaning 'friend' or 'loved one.' It describes someone or something that is cherished or held in affection. As an adjective, it modifies a noun, indicating a close relationship or value. As a noun, it refers to a person with whom one has a bond of affection.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative or Vocative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΑΓΑΠΗΤΟΣ, ΕΥΝΟΥΣ
G1224
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun, Adjective, Participle
Sounds like: dee-AH-bas
Translations: a crossing, a passage, one who crosses, crossing over, passable
Notes: This word refers to the act of crossing over or passing through something, or a place where one crosses, such as a ford or a pass. It can also describe someone or something that is crossing or capable of being crossed. It is often used in contexts involving movement from one side to another, like crossing a river or a sea.
Inflection: Masculine, Nominative, Singular (as a noun/participle); Masculine, Accusative, Plural (as a participle); Feminine, Accusative, Plural (as a participle); Neuter, Nominative/Accusative, Plural (as a participle)
Synonyms: ΔΙΑΒΑΣΙΣ, ΠΕΡΑΣΜΑ, ΠΟΡΟΣ
Etymology: The word ΔΙΑΒΑΣ is derived from the verb διαβαίνω (diabainō), meaning 'to step across, to pass through'. It is formed from the prefix διά (dia), meaning 'through' or 'across', and the root βαίνω (bainō), meaning 'to go' or 'to step'.
G1510
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: OO-sin
Translations: are, they are, being
Notes: This word is a form of the verb 'to be'. It indicates existence or a state of being, specifically referring to 'they are' or 'being'. It is often used to connect a subject to a predicate, describing what the subject is or what state it is in.
Inflection: Present, Active, Indicative, Third Person, Plural
G5144
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Numeral
Sounds like: tree-AH-kon-tah
Translations: thirty
Notes: This word means 'thirty' and is used to denote the number 30. It functions as an indeclinable numeral, meaning its form does not change regardless of the gender, case, or number of the noun it modifies. It is typically used to quantify nouns, indicating a quantity of thirty units.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Etymology: From τρεῖς (treis, “three”) and a suffix related to -κοντα (-konta, “-ty”), indicating multiples of ten. It is cognate with Latin triginta and English thirty.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: mah-khee-MO-tah-tohn
Translations: of the most warlike, of the most fighting, of the most valiant
Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of the superlative adjective 'μάχιμος' (machimos), meaning 'warlike' or 'fighting'. As a superlative, it indicates the highest degree of the quality, thus 'most warlike' or 'most fighting'. It describes a group of people or things that are exceptionally skilled or inclined towards combat. It would be used to modify a noun in the genitive case, indicating possession or relationship.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, All genders, Superlative
Synonyms: ΠΟΛΕΜΙΚΩΤΑΤΩΝ, ΑΝΔΡΕΙΟΤΑΤΩΝ
Etymology: The word 'μάχιμος' (machimos) derives from the Greek verb 'μάχομαι' (machomai), meaning 'to fight' or 'to contend'. The suffix '-ιμος' forms adjectives indicating capability or fitness for something. The superlative ending '-ώτατος' is added to form 'μαχιμώτατος', meaning 'most warlike'.
G4190
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun
Sounds like: po-LEH-mee-oys
Translations: to enemies, to hostile ones, to foes
Notes: This word refers to those who are hostile or at war, commonly translated as 'enemies' or 'foes'. It is used here in the dative case, indicating 'to' or 'for' these hostile parties.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΕΧΘΡΟΙΣ, ΑΝΤΙΚΕΙΜΕΝΟΙΣ
G5221
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ah-pan-TAY-sas
Translations: meeting, having met, encountering, having encountered, going to meet, coming to meet
Notes: This word is an aorist active participle, meaning 'having met' or 'having encountered'. It describes an action that occurred prior to the main verb of the sentence. It is often used to describe someone going out to meet another person or group, or encountering an obstacle or situation.
Inflection: Aorist Active Participle, Masculine, Nominative, Singular
Synonyms: ΣΥΝΑΝΤΑΩ, ΥΠΑΝΤΑΩ
G4820
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: soon-eh-BAH-len
Translations: met, engaged, contributed, compared, conferred
Notes: This word is the aorist active indicative, third person singular form of the verb ΣΥΜΒΑΛΛΩ (symballō). It is a compound word formed from the preposition ΣΥΝ (syn), meaning 'with' or 'together', and the verb ΒΑΛΛΩ (ballō), meaning 'to throw' or 'to cast'. Depending on the context, it can mean 'to meet together', 'to engage in battle', 'to contribute', 'to compare', or 'to confer'. For example, it can describe two parties meeting, or armies clashing in battle.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person Singular
Synonyms: ΣΥΝΑΝΤΑΩ, ΣΥΝΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΜΑΧΟΜΑΙ
Etymology: The word ΣΥΜΒΑΛΛΩ is derived from the prefix ΣΥΝ (syn), meaning 'with' or 'together', and the verb ΒΑΛΛΩ (ballō), meaning 'to throw' or 'to cast'. Its etymology reflects the idea of 'throwing together' or 'bringing together'.
G3195
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: MEL-line
Translations: to be about to, to intend to, to be destined to, to delay, to hesitate
Notes: This word is the present active infinitive form of the verb μέλλω. It is commonly used with an infinitive to express an action that is imminent, intended, or destined to happen. It can also indicate a delay or hesitation in doing something. For example, it might be used to say 'he is about to go' or 'they intend to speak'.
Inflection: Present, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΕΘΕΛΩ, ΒΟΥΛΟΜΑΙ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *melh₂- 'to grind, crush'. The meaning evolved to 'to be about to' or 'to delay', possibly through the idea of 'grinding to a halt' or 'being on the verge of something'.
G2314
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: theh-oh-ma-KHEIN
Translations: to fight against God, to resist God, to oppose God
Notes: This is a compound verb meaning 'to fight against God' or 'to resist God'. It is formed from the Greek words 'theos' (God) and 'machomai' (to fight). It describes an action of direct opposition or rebellion against divine will or authority. It can be used in sentences to describe someone attempting to thwart God's plans or commands.
Inflection: Present, Active, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΑΝΘΙΣΤΑΜΑΙ, ΑΝΤΙΤΑΤΤΟΜΑΙ
Etymology: The word is a compound of two Greek words: ΘΕΟΣ (THEOS), meaning 'God', and ΜΑΧΟΜΑΙ (MACHOMAI), meaning 'to fight' or 'to contend'. It literally means 'God-fighting'.
G3543
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle, Verb
Sounds like: noh-MEE-sas
Translations: having supposed, having thought, thinking, supposing, believing, considering
Notes: ΝΟΜΙΣΑΣ is the aorist active participle of the verb ΝΟΜΙΖΩ. It describes an action that was completed before the action of the main verb in the sentence. It means 'having supposed' or 'having thought', indicating that the subject formed an opinion or belief. It is often used to introduce a clause explaining the reason or basis for the main action.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative
Synonyms: ΟΙΟΜΑΙ, ΗΓΕΟΜΑΙ, ΔΟΚΕΩ
Etymology: The word ΝΟΜΙΖΩ comes from νόμος (nomos), meaning 'custom' or 'law'. It originally meant 'to do by custom' or 'to hold as a custom', and then evolved to mean 'to believe', 'to suppose', or 'to consider' in accordance with custom or general opinion.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb, Participle
Sounds like: pa-lin-dro-MAY-sas
Translations: having run back, having returned, having retreated
Notes: This word is an aorist active participle, meaning 'having run back' or 'having retreated'. It describes an action completed in the past by the subject of the main verb, indicating a movement back to a previous position or a withdrawal. It is often used to describe military retreats or a general turning back.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Singular
Synonyms: ΑΝΑΧΩΡΕΩ, ΥΠΟΧΩΡΕΩ
Etymology: The word παλινδρομέω (palindromeō) is a compound word formed from πάλιν (palin), meaning 'back' or 'again', and δρομέω (dromeō), meaning 'to run'.
G2240
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: EE-ken
Translations: he came, she came, it came, he has come, she has come, it has come, he arrived, she arrived, it arrived
Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to come' or 'to arrive'. It describes an action of movement towards a speaker or a specified place. It is used to indicate that someone or something has reached a destination or has appeared.
Inflection: Third Person Singular, Aorist or Perfect Indicative Active
Synonyms: ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΠΑΡΑΓΙΝΟΜΑΙ, ΦΘΑΝΩ
G3135
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: MEM-fin
Translations: Memphis
Notes: Memphis was an ancient city in Egypt, located on the Nile River. It served as the capital of ancient Egypt for much of its history and was a significant religious and administrative center. In Koine Greek texts, it refers to this historical city.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Etymology: The name 'Memphis' is derived from the Greek form of the Egyptian name 'Men-nefer', which means 'enduring and beautiful'.
G0353
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb (Participle)
Sounds like: ah-nah-lah-BOHN
Translations: taking up, having taken up, receiving, assuming, picking up, restoring
Notes: This word is the aorist active participle of the verb ἀναλαμβάνω. It is a compound word formed from ἀνά (ana, meaning 'up' or 'again') and λαμβάνω (lambanō, meaning 'to take' or 'to receive'). It generally means to take up, pick up, or receive something, often implying an action of lifting or resuming. It can also mean to assume a role or to restore something.
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative
Synonyms: ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ, ΔΕΧΟΜΑΙ, ΑΙΡΩ
G0000
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: AH-pin
Translations: Apis
Notes: This word refers to Apis, the sacred bull worshipped in ancient Egypt as a manifestation of the god Ptah and later Osiris. It is a proper noun, used to name this specific deity.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine
G1564
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: eh-KAY-seh
Translations: thither, there, to that place, to that place where
Notes: This word is an adverb indicating direction or location, meaning 'to that place' or 'there'. It is used to express movement towards a specific, previously mentioned or understood location. For example, one might say 'go thither' to mean 'go to that place'.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ἘΚΕΙ, ἘΝΘΑΔΕ
Etymology: This adverb is formed from the demonstrative pronoun ἐκεῖ (ekeî), meaning 'there', with the addition of the suffix -σε (-se), which indicates direction 'to'.
G3343
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle, Adjective
Sounds like: meh-tah-pem-FTHEN-tah
Translations: having been sent for, having been summoned, having been called for
Notes: This word is a passive participle derived from the verb 'metapempo', meaning 'to send for' or 'to summon'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective, describing someone or something that has been sent for or summoned. It indicates a completed action in the past, where the subject of the participle is the one who was sent for.
Inflection: Aorist, Passive, Participle, Accusative, Plural, Masculine
Synonyms: ΚΕΚΛΗΜΕΝΟΙ, ΠΡΟΣΚΕΚΛΗΜΕΝΟΙ
G0001
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: ay-thee-oh-PEE-an
Translations: Ethiopia
Notes: This is a proper noun referring to the ancient region of Ethiopia, located south of Egypt. It is used to denote the country or land of Ethiopia.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
G4862
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition, Prefix
Sounds like: soon
Translations: with, together with, along with
Notes: ΣΥΝ is a preposition that typically takes the dative case, meaning 'with' or 'together with', indicating association, accompaniment, or union. It is also very commonly used as a prefix in compound words, where it conveys the idea of 'togetherness', 'union', 'completion', or 'joint action'. For example, 'συντρίβω' (syntribo) means 'to break together' or 'to crush', and 'συνκαίω' (synkaio) means 'to burn together'.
Inflection: Does not inflect (as a preposition); as a prefix, it modifies the meaning of the verb or noun it attaches to.
Synonyms: ΜΕΤΑ, ΟΜΟΥ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *kom, meaning 'with' or 'beside'. It is cognate with Latin 'cum' and English 'co-' or 'con-'.
G0537
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: ah-PAHN-tee
Translations: (to) all, (to) every, (to) the whole, (with) all, (with) every, (with) the whole
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'all', 'every', or 'the whole'. It is a compound word formed from the prefix 'ἀ-' (a-, meaning 'together' or 'intensive') and 'πᾶς' (pas, meaning 'all' or 'every'). It is used to emphasize the totality or completeness of something. In the dative case, as seen in 'ΑΠΑΝΤΙ', it often indicates the recipient or instrument, translating to 'to all', 'with all', or 'by all', depending on the preposition or context.
Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
Synonyms: ΠΑΣ, ΟΛΟΣ
Etymology: The word ἅπας (hapas) is a compound of the intensive prefix ἀ- (a-) and πᾶς (pas), meaning 'all' or 'every'. It emphasizes the totality of something.
G4744
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: sto-LOH
Translations: to a fleet, to an expedition, to an army, to a company
Notes: This word refers to a company, an expedition, or a fleet, often with military connotations. It can describe a group of people or ships organized for a specific purpose, such as a military campaign or a journey. In the provided examples, it is used to describe a fleet of ships or a large army.
Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΣΤΡΑΤΕΙΑ, ΣΤΡΑΤΟΣ, ΠΛΟΙΟΝ
G4128
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: PLAY-thay
Translations: to multitude, to a multitude, to a great number, to a crowd, to a throng
Notes: This word refers to a large number or quantity of people or things, a multitude, or a crowd. It is often used to describe a large gathering of people. In this dative case, it indicates the recipient or instrument of an action, meaning 'to/for/by/with a multitude' or 'to/for/by/with a great number'.
Inflection: Singular, Dative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΟΧΛΟΣ, ΑΓΕΛΗ, ΣΥΝΑΓΩΓΗ
G0321
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: an-EEKH-thay
Translations: was led up, was brought up, was taken up, set sail, was put to sea
Notes: This word is the third person singular, aorist passive indicative form of the verb ἀνάγω (anago). It means 'to be led up,' 'to be brought up,' or 'to be taken up,' often implying movement to a higher place or a place of authority. It can also mean 'to set sail' or 'to put to sea,' referring to a ship being led out from shore. The specific meaning depends on the context.
Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Passive, Indicative
Synonyms: ἈΝΕΒΗ, ἈΠΗΡΕΝ
Etymology: The word ἀνάγω (anago) is a compound word formed from the preposition ἀνά (ana), meaning 'up' or 'upwards,' and the verb ἄγω (ago), meaning 'to lead' or 'to bring.'
G5485
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: KHA-ree-tee
Translations: to grace, to favor, to kindness, to goodwill, to thanks, to gratitude, to a gift, to a blessing
Notes: This word refers to grace, favor, kindness, or a gift. It is often used in a theological sense to describe God's unmerited favor towards humanity. It can also refer to human kindness, charm, or gratitude. In this form, it indicates the indirect object of an action, meaning 'to grace' or 'by grace'.
Inflection: Singular, Dative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΕΥΧΑΡΙΣΤΙΑ, ΔΩΡΟΝ, ΕΛΕΟΣ
G5260
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: hoo-po-KHEI-ree-os
Translations: subject, under control, in hand, at hand, in subjection, under the power of
Notes: This word is a compound adjective meaning 'under hand' or 'under control'. It describes someone or something that is subject to the power, authority, or control of another. It can also refer to something that is readily available or at hand. It is often used to indicate a state of being subdued or in subjection.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine or Feminine
Synonyms: ΥΠΟΤΑΚΤΟΣ, ΔΟΥΛΟΣ, ΕΞΟΥΣΙΑΖΟΜΕΝΟΣ
Etymology: This word is a compound of the preposition ΥΠΟ (hypo), meaning 'under', and the noun ΧΕΙΡ (cheir), meaning 'hand', with the adjectival suffix -ΙΟΣ. It literally means 'under the hand'.
G0129
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: ai-thi-O-pon
Translations: (of) Ethiopians, (of) an Ethiopian
Notes: This word refers to people from Ethiopia, a country in Northeast Africa. In ancient times, Ethiopia (often referred to as Aethiopia) was a region south of Egypt, known for its dark-skinned inhabitants. The word is used to denote the people or things belonging to this region.
Inflection: Genitive, Plural, Masculine
G3739
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Relative Pronoun, Conjunction
Sounds like: HOS
Translations: who, which, what, that, as, how, when
Notes: The word 'ΟΣ' is a versatile relative pronoun in Koine Greek, meaning 'who,' 'which,' or 'that,' depending on the context and the gender, number, and case it agrees with. It introduces a relative clause, linking it to a preceding noun or pronoun. It can also function as a conjunction, meaning 'as,' 'how,' or 'when,' indicating manner or time.
Inflection: Masculine, Singular, Nominative
Etymology: The word 'ΟΣ' is an ancient Greek word, tracing its origins back to Proto-Indo-European roots. It has been a fundamental part of the Greek language's grammatical structure for millennia, serving to connect clauses and introduce relative information.
G5264
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb (Participle)
Sounds like: hoo-po-dekh-SAH-me-nos
Translations: having received, having welcomed, having entertained, having taken in
Notes: This word is an aorist middle participle of the verb 'ὑποδέχομαι' (hypodechomai), meaning 'to receive under one's roof,' 'to welcome,' or 'to entertain.' It implies an action of taking someone or something in, often with hospitality or acceptance. It is a compound word formed from 'ὑπό' (hypo), meaning 'under,' and 'δέχομαι' (dechomai), meaning 'to receive' or 'to take.'
Inflection: Aorist, Middle Voice, Participle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative
Synonyms: ΔΕΧΟΜΑΙ, ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ, ΠΡΟΣΔΕΧΟΜΑΙ
Etymology: The word ὙΠΟΔΕΧΟΜΑΙ is a compound verb formed from the preposition ὙΠΟ (hypo), meaning 'under' or 'from under,' and the verb ΔΕΧΟΜΑΙ (dechomai), meaning 'to receive' or 'to take.' The combination implies receiving someone or something into one's presence or under one's care, often with a sense of welcome or hospitality.
G3793
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: OKH-loos
Translations: crowds, multitudes, throngs
Notes: This word refers to a large gathering of people, a crowd or a multitude. It is often used in the plural to denote a large number of people, such as those following a speaker or gathering for an event. In this form, it is in the accusative case, indicating it is the direct object of a verb.
Inflection: Plural, Accusative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΠΛΗΘΟΣ, ΑΓΕΛΗ
G5274
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb, Participle
Sounds like: hoo-po-la-BOHN
Translations: having taken up, having taken in, having received, having supposed, having answered, having replied
Notes: This word is a compound verb formed from 'ὑπό' (under) and 'λαμβάνω' (to take). It means to take up, to receive, to suppose, or to answer. Its meaning can vary depending on the context. For example, it can mean to take up a discourse (to answer or reply), to take someone under one's protection (to receive), or to take a view or opinion (to suppose).
Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Singular, Masculine
Synonyms: ΑΠΟΚΡΙΝΟΜΑΙ, ΔΕΧΟΜΑΙ, ΝΟΜΙΖΩ
G3739
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Pronoun
Sounds like: OYS
Translations: to whom, to which, to what
Notes: This word is a relative pronoun, meaning 'to whom', 'to which', or 'to what'. It is used to introduce a relative clause, connecting it to a noun or pronoun in the main clause. It indicates the indirect object of the verb in the relative clause, showing to whom or to what an action is directed. It can refer to people or things and is used for all genders.
Inflection: Dative, Plural, All genders
Synonyms: ΤΙΣ, ὉΠΟΙΟΣ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European. It is related to the demonstrative pronoun and is a common form for relative pronouns across Indo-European languages.
G2192
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ES-khen
Translations: he had, she had, it had, he held, she held, it held, he possessed, she possessed, it possessed
Notes: This word is the third person singular aorist active indicative form of the verb ἔχω (echō), meaning 'to have' or 'to hold'. It describes an action that occurred in the past, completed at a specific point in time. It can be used to indicate possession, a state of being, or to describe someone holding or keeping something.
Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Active, Indicative
Synonyms: ΚΕΚΤΗΜΑΙ, ΚΑΤΕΧΩ, ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ
Etymology: The word ἔχω (echō) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *seǵʰ-, meaning 'to hold, to have'. It is a fundamental verb in Greek, with a wide range of meanings and uses.
G5561
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: KHO-rah
Translations: country, a country, land, a land, region, a region, place, a place, field, a field
Notes: This word refers to a geographical area, territory, or a specific plot of land. It can denote a large region, a specific country, or even a cultivated field. It is used to describe the physical space or territory associated with a people or a ruler.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative
Synonyms: ΓΗ, ΤΟΠΟΣ, ΑΓΡΟΣ
Etymology: From an uncertain root, possibly related to the concept of 'space' or 'place'.
G0442
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: an-throh-PEE-neen
Translations: human, a human, humanly, human-like, of man, of a man
Notes: This word describes something as being characteristic of or pertaining to humans. It can refer to something that is human in nature, origin, or limitation, often contrasting with divine or spiritual things. It is used to describe actions, qualities, or conditions that are typical of mankind.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΒΡΟΤΕΙΟΣ, ΘΝΗΤΟΣ
G5160
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: tro-FANE
Translations: food, nourishment, sustenance, a food
Notes: This word refers to food or nourishment, anything that sustains life. It is commonly used in contexts describing physical sustenance, but can also metaphorically refer to spiritual or intellectual nourishment. In this form, it is the direct object of a verb or preposition.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΒΡΩΜΑ, ΣΙΤΟΣ, ΕΔΕΣΜΑ
G2039
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun
Sounds like: ep-ee-TAY-dee-ohn
Translations: (of) necessities, (of) provisions, (of) supplies, (of) things necessary
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'suitable' or 'fit for use'. In its plural form, especially in the genitive case as seen here, it is often used substantively to refer to 'things that are necessary' or 'provisions' and 'supplies' for life, such as food or other essential items. It describes what is needed or appropriate for a particular purpose or situation.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine or Feminine or Neuter
Synonyms: ἈΝΑΓΚΑΙΩΝ, ΧΡΕΙΑΣ, ΠΟΡΙΣΜΟΥ
Etymology: From the Greek preposition ἐπί (epi), meaning 'upon' or 'to', and the verb τηδέω (tēdeō), meaning 'to care for' or 'to provide'. It refers to what is suitable or provided for a purpose.
G4172
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: PO-leess
Translations: cities, a city
Notes: This word refers to a city or a town. It is used to describe a populated area with buildings and infrastructure, often with a distinct political or administrative structure. In the provided context, it refers to multiple cities, specifically 'fortified cities'.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative or Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΑΣΤΥ, ΚΩΜΗ
G2968
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: KOH-mas
Translations: villages, a village
Notes: This word refers to villages or small towns, typically unfortified settlements in the countryside, distinct from larger cities. It is used to describe places where people live outside of major urban centers.
Inflection: Plural, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΠΟΛΕΙΣ, ΧΩΡΑΙ
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: pep-ROH-meh-non
Translations: of what has been fated, of what has been destined, of destiny, of fate
Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle, genitive plural, derived from the verb 'πόρω' (porō), which means 'to provide' or 'to furnish'. In its perfect passive form, 'πεπρωμένος' (peprōmenos) takes on the meaning of 'fated' or 'destined'. Therefore, 'πεπρωμένων' refers to things that have been fated or destined to happen. It is used to describe the state or condition of something that is predetermined.
Inflection: Perfect, Passive, Participle, Genitive, Plural, All genders
Synonyms: ΜΟΙΡΩΝ, ΕΙΜΑΡΜΕΝΩΝ
Etymology: The verb πόρω (porō) means 'to provide, furnish'. Its perfect passive form, πεπρωμαι, developed the meaning 'to be fated' or 'to be destined', leading to the noun πεπρωμένον (peprōmenon) meaning 'fate' or 'destiny'.
G5142
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Numeral
Sounds like: trees-KAI-deh-kah
Translations: thirteen
Notes: This word means 'thirteen'. It is a compound numeral, formed from the words for 'three' and 'ten'. It is used to indicate the quantity of thirteen of something. For example, one might say 'thirteen days' or 'thirteen people'.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Etymology: The word ΤΡΙΣΚΑΙΔΕΚΑ is a compound word derived from the Koine Greek words ΤΡΕΙΣ (treis), meaning 'three', and ΔΕΚΑ (deka), meaning 'ten'.
G2094
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: eh-TON
Translations: of years, years
Notes: This word is a noun meaning 'year'. It is used here in the genitive plural form, indicating possession or relationship, often translated as 'of years' or simply 'years' in context where the genitive case implies duration or a point in time. For example, it might be used in phrases like 'a man of many years' or 'after many years'.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Neuter
G0746
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ar-KHEES
Translations: of beginning, of rule, of origin, of first place, of first principle, of chief, of ruler
Notes: This word refers to a beginning, origin, or the first in a series. It can also denote a position of authority, rule, or a ruler. In a sentence, it often indicates the source or starting point of something, or the person/thing in charge. It is the genitive singular form of the noun 'ἀρχή'.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine
Synonyms: ΠΡΩΤΟΣ, ΚΕΦΑΛΗ, ΗΓΕΜΩΝ
G1607
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ek-PTOH-sis
Translations: fall, a fall, failure, a failure, lapse, a lapse, apostasy, an apostasy
Notes: This word refers to a fall, a failure, or a lapse. It can denote a physical falling down, a moral or spiritual decline, or a failure to achieve a goal or maintain a position. It is used to describe a state of having fallen away from something, whether it be a position, a belief, or a standard.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΠΤΩΣΙΣ, ΑΠΟΒΟΛΗ, ΑΠΟΤΥΧΙΑ
Etymology: The word ΕΚΠΤΩΣΙΣ (ekptōsis) is derived from the verb ἐκπίπτω (ekpiptō), meaning 'to fall out, fall off, fall away'. It is formed from the prefix ἐκ (ek), meaning 'out of', and the verb πίπτω (piptō), meaning 'to fall'.
G0842
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: ow-TAR-kays
Translations: self-sufficient, content, sufficient, independent
Notes: This word describes someone or something that is self-sufficient, needing no outside help or support. It can also refer to being content with what one has, or simply being adequate or sufficient for a purpose. It is often used to describe a state of inner contentment or independence.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative or Accusative, Masculine or Feminine
Synonyms: ΙΚΑΝΟΣ, ΑΥΤΟΝΟΜΟΣ
G3756
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: OOKH
Translations: not, no
Notes: This word is a negative particle, meaning "not" or "no." It is used to negate statements of fact or reality. It is a variant of οὐ (ou) and οὐκ (ouk), specifically used before words that begin with a vowel and a rough breathing mark.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΟΥ̓, ΟΥ̓Κ, ΜΉ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *h₂u- (negative particle). It is related to other negative particles in various Indo-European languages.
G2276
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb, Adjective
Sounds like: HET-ton
Translations: less, worse, inferior, a less (thing)
Notes: This word functions as both an adverb and an adjective, meaning 'less' or 'worse'. As an adverb, it modifies verbs or other adverbs, indicating a lesser degree. As an adjective, it describes nouns, meaning 'inferior' or 'lesser'. It is the comparative form of 'bad' or 'little'.
Inflection: Comparative, Does not inflect for gender or case when used adverbially. When used adjectivally, it can inflect for gender, number, and case (e.g., ΗΤΤΟΝΑ in the example is Accusative Singular).
Synonyms: ΕΛΑΣΣΩΝ, ΧΕΙΡΩΝ
Etymology: The word ἧττον (hētton) is the neuter singular form of the comparative adjective ἥσσων (hēssōn), meaning 'less, worse, weaker'. It is often used adverbially. Its ultimate origin is uncertain but is related to the concept of being 'less' or 'inferior'.
G4754
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: strah-TOH-peh-don
Translations: camp, an army, an encampment
Notes: This word is a compound noun, formed from 'στρατός' (army) and 'πέδον' (ground or plain). It refers to a military camp or an army itself, especially when arrayed for battle or encamped. It is used to describe the physical location where soldiers reside or the collective body of soldiers.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΣΤΡΑΤΕΥΜΑ, ΠΑΡΕΜΒΟΛΗ
Etymology: The word is a compound of 'στρατός' (stratos), meaning 'army' or 'encamped army', and 'πέδον' (pedon), meaning 'ground' or 'plain'. It literally means 'army ground' or 'army plain'.
G130
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: ay-thee-oh-pee-KON
Translations: Ethiopian
Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'Ethiopian' or 'pertaining to Ethiopia'. It describes something or someone as originating from or being characteristic of Ethiopia. For example, it could be used to describe a person, a language, or a custom as Ethiopian.
Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
G5438
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: foo-la-KAYN
Translations: guard, a guard, prison, a prison, watch, a watch, custody, a custody, keeping, a keeping
Notes: This word refers to the act of guarding or keeping, a place of custody like a prison, or a period of watching, such as a night watch. It can be used to describe a literal prison or a state of being held in custody. It can also refer to the act of keeping or observing something, like a command or a law.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΡΙΟΝ, ΤΗΡΗΣΙΣ, ΚΟΥΣΤΩΔΙΑ
Etymology: The word ΦΥΛΑΚΗ (phylakē) comes from the verb φυλάσσω (phylassō), meaning 'to guard, watch, protect'.
G2025
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: eh-PEH-tax-eh
Translations: he commanded, he ordered, he instructed
Notes: This word is the third person singular, aorist active indicative form of the verb ΕΠΙΤΑΣΣΩ (epitassō). It means "he/she/it commanded, ordered, or instructed." It is used to describe an action of giving a command or an order, often with authority. For example, a king or a leader might be said to "command" something.
Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Active, Indicative
Synonyms: ΚΕΛΕΥΩ, ΠΡΟΣΤΑΤΤΩ
Etymology: The word ΕΠΙΤΑΣΣΩ is a compound verb formed from the preposition ΕΠΙ (epi), meaning "upon" or "over," and the verb ΤΑΣΣΩ (tassō), meaning "to arrange, appoint, or order." Thus, it literally means "to arrange upon" or "to order over," conveying the sense of giving a command or imposing an order.
G3844
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Preposition, Prefix
Sounds like: pa-RAH
Translations: beside, by, near, from, with, at, along, beyond, against, through, in the presence of, alongside, a
Notes: This word functions primarily as a preposition, indicating proximity, origin, or comparison. It can mean 'beside,' 'from,' 'with,' 'at,' or 'alongside,' depending on the case of the noun it governs. When used as a prefix in compound words, it often conveys ideas of proximity, deviation, or intensity, such as 'alongside,' 'beyond,' 'contrary to,' or 'through.'
Inflection: Does not inflect (as a preposition); as a prefix, it modifies the meaning of the verb or noun it attaches to.
Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣ, ΕΠΙ, ΣΥΝ
Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *per- (meaning 'forward, through'). It is cognate with English 'for' and 'through'.
G0935
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: bah-see-LEH-ohs
Translations: (of) a king, (of) king
Notes: This word refers to a monarch or sovereign ruler. It is used to denote the leader of a kingdom or nation. In this form, it indicates possession or origin, meaning 'belonging to a king' or 'from a king'.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine
Synonyms: ΗΓΕΜΩΝ, ΚΥΡΙΟΣ
G3725
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: o-REE-ohn
Translations: (of) boundaries, (of) borders, (of) limits, (of) regions
Notes: ΟΡΙΩΝ is the genitive plural form of the neuter noun ΟΡΙΟΝ. It refers to a boundary, border, or limit, often denoting the edge of a territory or a defined area. As a genitive plural, it indicates possession, origin, or separation from multiple boundaries or regions.
Inflection: Genitive, Plural, Neuter
Synonyms: ΠΕΡΑΣ, ΤΕΡΜΑ
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: so-ly-MEE-tai
Translations: Solymites, inhabitants of Solyma, Jerusalemites, inhabitants of Jerusalem
Notes: This word refers to the inhabitants of Solyma, which is an ancient name for Jerusalem. It is used to describe the people from that city or region.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative or Vocative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΙΕΡΟΣΟΛΥΜΙΤΑΙ
Etymology: The word "ΣΟΛΥΜΙΤΗΣ" is derived from "ΣΟΛΥΜΑ" (Solyma), an ancient name for Jerusalem. The suffix "-ιτης" is commonly used to denote an inhabitant of a place.
G2718
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: kah-tel-THON-tes
Translations: having come down, descending, going down
Notes: This word is an aorist active participle, meaning 'having come down' or 'descending'. It describes an action that has been completed before or at the time of the main verb. It is a compound word formed from the preposition ΚΑΤΑ (down) and the verb ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ (to come or go). It is used to describe someone or something that has moved from a higher place to a lower one.
Inflection: Aorist Active Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural
Synonyms: ΚΑΤΑΒΑΙΝΩ, ΚΑΤΙΩΝ
G0462
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb
Sounds like: ah-no-SEE-ohs
Translations: impiously, unholily, wickedly, profanely
Notes: This word describes an action performed in an impious, unholy, or wicked manner. It signifies a lack of reverence or respect for what is considered sacred, divine, or morally right. It is used to qualify verbs, indicating that the action is done without regard for religious or ethical principles.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ἈΣΕΒΩΣ, ἈΘΕΩΣ, ἈΔΙΚΩΣ
G0444
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: an-THROH-poys
Translations: to men, for men, to people, for people, to mankind, for mankind
Notes: This word refers to human beings, people, or mankind in general. It is used here in the dative plural, indicating the indirect object of an action, meaning 'to' or 'for' men/people. It can be used in sentences like 'He gave gifts to the people' or 'This is good for mankind'.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΒΡΟΤΟΙ, ΑΝΔΡΕΣ
G4374
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: pros-ay-NEKH-thee-san
Translations: they were brought, they were offered, they were presented
Notes: This is a verb indicating that something or someone was brought, offered, or presented to another. It is often used in contexts of bringing gifts, sacrifices, or people to a higher authority or a specific location. It is a compound word formed from the preposition πρός (pros), meaning 'to' or 'towards', and φέρω (pherō), meaning 'to bear' or 'to carry'.
Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Passive, 3rd Person Plural
Synonyms: ΑΓΩ, ΦΕΡΩ, ΔΙΔΩΜΙ
G5620
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Conjunction
Sounds like: HOH-steh
Translations: so that, in order that, consequently, therefore, with the result that
Notes: This word is a conjunction used to introduce a clause of result or purpose. It indicates that what follows is a consequence or the intended outcome of what was previously stated. It can also introduce an infinitive clause to express result.
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΩΣ, ΔΙΟ
Etymology: From the adverb ὡς (hōs), meaning 'as' or 'how', combined with the particle τε (te), meaning 'and' or 'also'. It developed to express result or consequence.
G4280
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: pro-ee-ray-MEH-non
Translations: of the aforementioned, of the aforesaid, of the previously mentioned, of the things said before
Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle, meaning 'having been said beforehand' or 'previously mentioned'. It is used to refer to things, statements, or people that have already been spoken about or referred to earlier in the text or conversation. It functions like an adjective or a noun, often translated as 'the aforementioned' or 'the aforesaid'.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Neuter
Synonyms: ΠΡΟΛΕΛΕΓΜΕΝΩΝ, ΠΡΟΓΕΓΡΑΜΜΕΝΩΝ
G2904
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: kra-TAY-sin
Translations: holding, a holding, mastery, a mastery, power, a power, possession, a possession
Notes: This word refers to the act of holding, grasping, or taking possession of something. It can also denote mastery, control, or power over a situation or entity. It is used to describe the state of having something firmly in one's grip, either literally or figuratively.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΕΞΟΥΣΙΑ, ΔΥΝΑΜΙΣ, ΚΥΡΙΟΤΗΣ
G5557
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: KHROO-son
Translations: gold, a gold
Notes: This word refers to the precious metal gold. It is often used to describe something valuable, pure, or refined. In a sentence, it would function as a direct object or the object of a preposition, indicating the material itself.
Inflection: Singular, Masculine, Accusative
Synonyms: ΧΡΥΣΙΟΝ
G5316
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: fah-NEE-sthai
Translations: to appear, to seem, to shine, to be seen, to be manifest, to be shown
Notes: This word is the present middle/passive infinitive form of the verb 'phainō', meaning 'to show' or 'to make appear'. Therefore, 'phainesthai' means 'to be shown', 'to appear', 'to seem', or 'to become visible'. It is used to describe something that becomes evident, visible, or is perceived in a certain way.
Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive, Infinitive
Synonyms: ΔΟΚΕΙΝ, ΕΜΦΑΝΙΖΕΣΘΑΙ
G0761
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ah-seh-BEE-mah-tah
Translations: ungodly deeds, ungodly acts, impious acts, acts of impiety, a godless act, an ungodly act
Notes: This word refers to acts or deeds that are ungodly, impious, or irreverent towards God. It describes actions that demonstrate a lack of reverence or respect for divine authority and principles. It is typically used in a plural sense to refer to multiple such acts.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΑΝΟΜΙΑ, ΑΜΑΡΤΙΑ, ΑΔΙΚΙΑ
G2334
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: theh-oh-MEH-noys
Translations: seeing, beholding, observing, looking at, contemplating, those seeing, to those seeing
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'to see' or 'to behold'. It describes someone who is in the act of seeing, observing, or contemplating something. It is often used to refer to 'those who are seeing' or 'to those who are observing' in a given context.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine or Neuter, Present, Middle or Passive
Synonyms: ΒΛΕΠΟΝΤΕΣ, ΟΡΩΝΤΕΣ, ΚΑΤΑΝΟΟΥΝΤΕΣ
G3440
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb, Adjective
Sounds like: MO-non
Translations: only, alone, merely, a single, a solitary
Notes: This word can function as an adverb meaning 'only' or 'merely', indicating exclusivity or limitation. It can also be the neuter singular form of the adjective 'ΜΟΝΟΣ', meaning 'alone' or 'solitary', describing something as being by itself or unique. In its adverbial use, it often modifies verbs or clauses to emphasize that something is done exclusively or that a condition applies solely to one thing.
Inflection: Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative (as adjective); Does not inflect (as adverb)
Synonyms: ΜΟΝΩΣ, ΜΟΝΟΓΕΝΗΣ
G1718
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: eh-NEH-pray-san
Translations: they burned, they set on fire, they consumed by fire
Notes: This word is the third person plural, aorist active indicative form of the verb 'empiprēmi'. It means 'they burned' or 'they set on fire'. It describes an action of causing something to be consumed by fire, often with destructive intent. It can be used in sentences to describe groups of people burning cities, objects, or other things.
Inflection: Third Person, Plural, Aorist, Active, Indicative
Synonyms: ΚΑΤΑΚΑΙΩ, ΠΥΡΟΩ, ΦΛΕΓΩ
Etymology: The word 'ἐμπιπράω' (empipraō) or 'ἐμπρήθω' (emprēthō) is a compound verb formed from the preposition 'ἐν' (en), meaning 'in' or 'on', and the verb 'πίμπρημι' (pimprēmi), meaning 'to burn' or 'to set on fire'. The prefix intensifies the action of burning.
G3761
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adverb, Conjunction
Sounds like: oo-DEH
Translations: not even, neither, nor, and not
Notes: This is a compound word formed from the negative particle 'οὐ' (not) and the conjunction 'δέ' (but, and). It is used to emphasize a negation, meaning 'not even' or 'neither/nor'. It can connect clauses or phrases, indicating that something is also not true or not happening. For example, it can be used in a sentence like 'He did not go, nor did he send anyone.'
Inflection: Does not inflect
Synonyms: ΟΥ̓, ΜΗΔΕ, ΜΗ
Etymology: From the negative particle 'οὐ' (not) and the postpositive conjunction 'δέ' (but, and).
G2416
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb (Participle)
Sounds like: ee-eh-roh-sy-LOON-tes
Translations: robbing temples, committing sacrilege, despoiling temples, temple robbers, sacrilegious ones
Notes: This word is a present active participle, meaning 'those who are robbing temples' or 'those who are committing sacrilege'. It describes individuals who are in the act of desecrating sacred places or stealing sacred objects. It is used to characterize people by their actions of sacrilege.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative, Masculine, Present, Active, Participle
Synonyms: ΣΥΛΑΩ, ΛΗΙΖΟΜΑΙ
G3082
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb, Participle
Sounds like: loo-MAI-noh-men-oy
Translations: damaging, harming, corrupting, ruining, defiling, abusing, maltreating
Notes: This word describes the act of causing damage, harm, or ruin to something or someone. It implies a destructive or corrupting influence. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action performed by the subject, often translated as 'one who is damaging' or 'while damaging'.
Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive Voice, Masculine, Nominative, Plural
Synonyms: ΦΘΕΙΡΩ, ΔΙΑΦΘΕΙΡΩ, ΚΑΚΟΠΟΙΕΩ
Etymology: The word is derived from λύμη (lymē), meaning 'outrage, damage, ruin'.
G0714
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ehr-KOON-toh
Translations: they were sufficient, they were content, they were satisfied
Notes: This is a verb meaning 'to be sufficient,' 'to be content,' or 'to be satisfied.' In this form, it indicates an ongoing or repeated action in the past, from the perspective of the subject. It describes a state of being enough or being pleased with what one has.
Inflection: Imperfect, Indicative, Middle or Passive Voice, 3rd Person, Plural
Synonyms: ΙΚΑΝΟΩ, ΕΞΑΡΚΕΩ
Etymology: The word ἀρκέω (arkeō) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *ark- meaning 'to hold, contain, protect'. It evolved to mean 'to be strong enough, to suffice'.
G3701
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: op-TAH-nee-oys
Translations: visions, a vision, appearances
Notes: This word refers to a vision, a sight, or an appearance, often of a supernatural or divine nature. It describes something seen, especially in a dream or trance, or a manifestation that becomes visible. It is used to describe what is perceived by the eyes, whether physical or spiritual.
Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine or Neuter
Synonyms: ΟΡΑΜΑ, ΟΨΙΣ
Etymology: The word ΟΠΤΑΣΙΑ (optasia) comes from the Greek verb ΟΠΤΟΜΑΙ (optomai), meaning 'to see' or 'to appear'. It is related to the concept of sight and visual perception.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: seh-bas-TEV-oh-men-ohn
Translations: of those acting as Augustus, of those acting as emperor, of those being revered, of those being worshipped
Notes: This word is a compound participle, derived from the verb 'σεβαστεύω' (sebasteuō), which means 'to act as Augustus' or 'to be revered/worshipped'. It describes a state or action of individuals who are either performing the role of an emperor (Augustus) or are themselves being treated with reverence and worship. As a genitive plural, it refers to 'of those' who are engaged in this action or state.
Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter, Present, Middle or Passive Voice
Synonyms: ΣΕΒΑΖΟΜΕΝΩΝ, ΠΡΟΣΚΥΝΟΥΜΕΝΩΝ
G5530
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: khro-MEH-noy
Translations: using, employing, dealing with, having dealings with, those using, those employing
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb meaning 'to use' or 'to employ'. It describes someone who is actively engaged in using or dealing with something. It can refer to people who are accustomed to something or who are in the habit of doing something.
Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive, Participle, Masculine, Nominative or Vocative, Plural
Synonyms: ΕΧΟΝΤΕΣ, ΚΕΧΡΗΜΕΝΟΙ
Etymology: From an assumed root *χρα-, meaning 'to handle, to use'.
G1223
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: dee-eh-teh-LOON
Translations: they continued, they were continuing, they persisted, they were persisting, they remained, they were remaining, they lived, they were living
Notes: This word is a compound verb meaning to continue, persist, or remain in a state or action. It describes an ongoing or sustained activity or condition. It is often used to indicate that something was happening continuously over a period of time in the past.
Inflection: Imperfect Indicative, Active, Third Person Plural
Synonyms: ΜΕΝΩ, ΔΙΑΜΕΝΩ, ΕΠΙΜΕΝΩ
Etymology: The word διατελέω (diateleo) is a compound of διά (dia), meaning 'through' or 'throughout', and τελέω (teleo), meaning 'to complete' or 'to finish'. The combination suggests carrying something through to completion or continuing throughout a period.
G2378
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: THOO-tas
Translations: sacrificer, priest, a sacrificer, a priest
Notes: This word refers to a person who offers sacrifices, typically a priest. It describes someone who performs religious rites involving offerings to a deity. It is used in contexts relating to religious worship and sacrificial practices.
Inflection: Masculine, Accusative, Plural
Synonyms: ΙΕΡΕΥΣ
G5406
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: sfa-GAYSS
Translations: slaughterer, executioner, sacrificer, a slaughterer, an executioner
Notes: This word refers to someone who performs a slaughter, whether of animals for sacrifice or of people as an executioner. It can also refer to a butcher or a sacrificer. It is used to describe an individual responsible for killing, often in a violent or ritualistic context.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative or Accusative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΔΗΜΙΟΣ, ΚΡΕΟΠΩΛΗΣ
G2409
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: hee-EH-race
Translations: priests
Notes: This word refers to individuals who perform sacred rites and offer sacrifices, acting as intermediaries between people and the divine. In ancient contexts, priests were often associated with temples and religious cults, responsible for maintaining religious traditions and rituals.
Inflection: Plural, Nominative or Vocative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΟΙ, ΘΥΤΗΡΕΣ
G4396
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: pro-FEE-tas
Translations: prophet, a prophet
Notes: This word refers to a prophet, someone who speaks on behalf of God or who foretells future events. It is used to describe individuals who deliver divine messages or interpret God's will. In the provided examples, it is used in the accusative plural form, indicating the direct object of an action, such as 'the prophets' who are being taken, revealed to, or killed.
Inflection: Masculine, Accusative, Plural
Synonyms: ΜΑΝΤΙΣ, ΘΕΟΠΝΕΥΣΤΟΣ
G0315
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: ee-nahng-KAH-zohn
Translations: they were compelling, they were forcing, they were urging, they were pressing
Notes: This is a verb meaning 'to compel,' 'to force,' or 'to urge.' It describes an action where someone is made to do something against their will or under strong persuasion. It is used to indicate an ongoing or repeated action in the past.
Inflection: Third Person, Plural, Imperfect, Active, Indicative
Synonyms: ΒΙΑΖΩ, ΚΑΤΑΝΑΓΚΑΖΩ
Etymology: The word ἀναγκάζω (anagkazo) comes from ἀνάγκη (anankē), meaning 'necessity' or 'compulsion.' It describes the act of putting someone under such a necessity.
G1131
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Adjective
Sounds like: gym-NOOS
Translations: naked, unclothed, poorly clothed, destitute, a naked one, the naked
Notes: This word describes someone or something that is without clothing, or only partially clothed. It can also be used metaphorically to mean 'destitute' or 'unarmed'. In a sentence, it would modify a noun, describing its state of being unclothed or vulnerable.
Inflection: Plural, Masculine or Feminine, Accusative
Synonyms: ΨΙΛΟΣ, ΑΚΑΛΥΠΤΟΣ
G1544
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: eks-EB-al-lon
Translations: they were casting out, they were driving out, they were throwing out, they were expelling
Notes: This word is the imperfect active indicative, third person plural form of the verb 'ekballō'. It describes an ongoing or repeated action in the past, meaning 'to cast out', 'to drive out', 'to throw out', or 'to expel'. It can be used to describe physically removing someone or something, or metaphorically, such as casting out demons or expelling people from a community.
Inflection: Imperfect, Active, Indicative, Third Person, Plural
Synonyms: ΕΚΠΕΜΠΩ, ΕΞΩΘΕΩ, ΕΞΑΙΡΩ
G3004
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: LEH-geh-tai
Translations: it is said, it is spoken, it is told, he is said, she is said, it is called
Notes: This word is the third person singular, present indicative, passive form of the verb 'λέγω' (legō), meaning 'to say' or 'to speak'. Therefore, 'λέγεται' translates to 'it is said' or 'it is spoken'. It indicates that something is being stated or reported by an unspecified agent, or that someone/something is being referred to or called by a certain name.
Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Present, Indicative, Passive
Synonyms: ΦΗΜΙ, ΛΑΛΕΩ, ΕΡΩ
G4174
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: po-li-TEI-an
Translations: citizenship, a citizenship, commonwealth, a commonwealth, conduct, a conduct, way of life, a way of life
Notes: This word refers to the rights and duties of a citizen, the administration of a state or commonwealth, or one's manner of life and conduct. It can describe the political system of a community or an individual's behavior within that community. In the provided form, it is the accusative singular, indicating it is the direct object of a verb or the object of a preposition.
Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine
Synonyms: ΠΟΛΙΤΕΥΜΑ, ΒΙΟΣ, ΑΓΩΓΗ
G2598
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Participle
Sounds like: kah-tah-bah-LOH-meh-noss
Translations: having cast down, having thrown down, having laid down, having overthrown, having founded, having established
Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'καταβάλλω' (kataballō), meaning 'to cast down' or 'to throw down'. It is a compound word formed from 'κατά' (kata), meaning 'down', and 'βάλλω' (ballō), meaning 'to throw'. In its perfect middle/passive form, it describes an action that has been completed, with the subject either performing the action on themselves (middle voice) or having the action done to them (passive voice), or simply indicating a state resulting from the action. It can be used to describe the act of overthrowing something, laying a foundation, or even establishing something firmly.
Inflection: Perfect, Middle/Passive, Masculine, Singular, Nominative
Synonyms: ΑΝΑΣΤΡΕΦΩ, ΚΑΘΑΙΡΕΩ, ΘΕΜΕΛΙΟΩ
G2409
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: ee-eh-REH-oos
Translations: priest, a priest
Notes: This word refers to a priest, a person authorized to perform sacred rites of a religion, especially as a mediatory agent between humans and God or gods. In ancient contexts, priests were often responsible for sacrifices, rituals, and interpreting divine will. It is typically used to refer to a male religious official.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine
Synonyms: ΑΡΧΙΕΡΕΥΣ
Etymology: From the Greek word ἱερός (hieros), meaning 'sacred' or 'holy'. The suffix -εύς (-eus) indicates a person associated with or performing a specific function.
G3588
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Definite Article
Sounds like: toh
Translations: the
Notes: ΤΟ is the neuter singular form of the definite article 'the' in Koine Greek. It is used to specify a noun, much like 'the' in English. It can function as both the subject (nominative case) or the direct object (accusative case) of a sentence when referring to a neuter singular noun.
Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative
Etymology: The Greek definite article, including ΤΟ, derives from Proto-Indo-European demonstrative pronouns. Its forms developed to agree in gender, number, and case with the nouns they modify.
G1085
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: GEH-nos
Translations: race, kind, family, nation, offspring, stock, a race, a kind
Notes: This word refers to a group of people or things sharing a common origin, characteristic, or lineage. It can denote a family, a nation, a race, a species, or a type. It is often used to describe a lineage or descent, such as 'the race of Israel' or 'the family of David'. It can also refer to a general category or kind of something.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter
Synonyms: ΦΥΛΗ, ΕΘΝΟΣ, ΣΠΕΡΜΑ
Etymology: From the Proto-Indo-European root *ǵenh₁- meaning 'to produce, beget, give birth'. It is related to words like 'genesis' and 'generation' in English.
G2242
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: hay-lee-oh-po-LEE-tays
Translations: Heliopolitan, an inhabitant of Heliopolis
Notes: This word refers to an inhabitant or citizen of Heliopolis, an ancient city. It is a compound word derived from 'ΗΛΙΟΣ' (Helios, the sun) and 'ΠΟΛΙΣ' (polis, city), literally meaning 'city of the sun'. It is used to describe someone from this specific city.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine
Etymology: The word is a compound of 'ΗΛΙΟΣ' (Helios), meaning 'sun', and 'ΠΟΛΙΣ' (polis), meaning 'city', with the suffix '-της' indicating an inhabitant. It refers to a person from Heliopolis, the 'City of the Sun'.
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: oh-SAR-sif
Translations: Osarsiph
Notes: This is a proper noun, a name. In historical accounts, particularly by the historian Josephus, Osarsiph is presented as the name of an Egyptian priest who led a group of lepers and other outcasts out of Egypt, and whom Josephus identifies with Moses. It is used to refer to this specific historical figure.
Inflection: Singular, Masculine, Nominative
Etymology: The name 'Osarsiph' is of Egyptian origin, likely a Greek transliteration of an Egyptian name. It is associated with the Egyptian god Osiris and the concept of 'siph' (possibly related to 'son' or 'scribe').
G2241
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: hay-lee-oo-POH-lay
Translations: Heliopolis, to Heliopolis, in Heliopolis
Notes: This word refers to Heliopolis, an ancient city in Egypt, known as the 'City of the Sun'. It is used here in the dative case, indicating location ('in Heliopolis') or direction ('to Heliopolis').
Inflection: Singular, Dative, Feminine
Etymology: From Ancient Greek Ἥλιος (Hḗlios, “sun”) and πόλις (pólis, “city”).
G2316
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: THAY-oo
Translations: of God, of a God
Notes: This word is the genitive singular form of the noun 'ΘΕΟΣ' (theos), meaning 'God' or 'a god'. In Koine Greek, the genitive case often indicates possession, origin, or relationship, similar to the English 'of' or the possessive apostrophe 's'. Therefore, 'ΘΕΟΥ' typically translates to 'of God' or 'of a god', depending on the context. It can refer to the one true God or to a pagan deity.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine
G3781
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: oh-SEE-re-ohs
Translations: of Osiris
Notes: This is the genitive singular form of the proper noun 'Osiris'. Osiris was an ancient Egyptian god, typically associated with the afterlife, the underworld, and rebirth. In Koine Greek texts, this form would be used to indicate possession or origin, meaning 'belonging to Osiris' or 'from Osiris'.
Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine
Etymology: From Egyptian ỉsỉr, the name of the god Osiris.
G3327
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: meh-TEH-bee
Translations: he/she/it went over, he/she/it passed over, he/she/it moved, he/she/it transferred, he/she/it departed
Notes: This is a compound verb formed from μετά (meta, 'with, after, among') and βαίνω (bainō, 'to go, to step'). It means to go over, pass over, or move from one place to another. It can also imply a change of state or condition, or a departure.
Inflection: Aorist Indicative Active, 3rd Person Singular
Synonyms: ΑΠΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΥΠΑΓΩ
Etymology: The word ΜΕΤΑΒΑΙΝΩ is a compound of the preposition μετά (meta), meaning 'with, after, among', and the verb βαίνω (bainō), meaning 'to go, to step'.
G3346
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: meh-teh-TETH-ee
Translations: was translated, was transferred, was removed, was changed
Notes: This word is the aorist passive form of the verb 'metatithēmi', meaning 'to transfer', 'to change', or 'to translate'. As a passive verb, it indicates that the subject was the recipient of the action, meaning 'he/she/it was transferred' or 'he/she/it was changed'. It is often used in contexts of moving someone or something from one place or state to another.
Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Passive, 3rd Person Singular
Synonyms: ΜΕΤΑΒΑΙΝΩ, ΜΕΤΑΚΙΝΕΩ, ΜΕΤΑΛΛΑΣΣΩ
Etymology: The word 'metatithēmi' is a compound verb formed from 'meta' (meaning 'with', 'after', or indicating change) and 'tithēmi' (meaning 'to place' or 'to put'). Thus, it literally means 'to place differently' or 'to change the placement of'.
G3686
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Noun
Sounds like: too-NO-mah
Translations: the name, a name
Notes: This word is a crasis (a contraction of two words into one) of the definite article "τὸ" (to, meaning 'the') and the noun "ὄνομα" (onoma, meaning 'name'). It means "the name" and functions as a singular, neuter noun, typically in the nominative or accusative case. It is used to refer to a specific name or reputation.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter (crasis of the definite article and noun)
Etymology: The word ὄνομα (onoma) comes from Proto-Indo-European. It is related to words for 'name' in many other Indo-European languages.
G4377
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Verb
Sounds like: pros-ay-go-REH-thay
Translations: was called, was named, was addressed, was saluted
Notes: This word is the aorist passive indicative form of the verb 'prosagoreuō'. It means 'to be called', 'to be named', or 'to be addressed'. It indicates that the subject of the verb received a name or title, or was addressed in a particular way, by someone else. For example, 'He was called a friend'.
Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Passive, 3rd Person, Singular
Synonyms: ΚΑΛΕΩ, ΟΝΟΜΑΖΩ
Etymology: From Ancient Greek 'pros' (to, toward) and 'agoreuō' (to speak, to proclaim). The combination implies speaking to or addressing someone, leading to the meaning of calling or naming.
G3475
Open in Concordance
Part of Speech: Proper Noun
Sounds like: moy-SEES
Translations: Moses
Notes: This is the name of Moses, the great prophet and lawgiver of ancient Israel. In the Bible, he is known for leading the Israelites out of slavery in Egypt and for receiving the Ten Commandments from God on Mount Sinai. It is used as a direct subject in sentences, referring to the person.
Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine
Etymology: From Hebrew מֹשֶׁה (Moshe), possibly meaning "drawn out" (from water).
This interlinear database is in beta
That means it's a preview of what we're still building, and it will contain mistakes. The green text translations were initially generated from Google Gemini 2.5, and are undergoing manual editing and correction over time.
If you're using it for anything important, it is your responsibility to double-check the accuracy.
Please report any errors .